
Book 'K H 



COPYRlGJfT DEPOSIT 






o 



7^' 





<fT~ 




itj.^ 



CL,oCx^^^^^^ 



BEGIN AT BOTTOM OF PAGE AND READ UP. 



TN those days the House of Judah shall walk with 
the House of Israel, and they shall come together, 
out of the land of the North. Jer. 3:18, 30.3-4, 33:7, 
33:14, 23:7-8. Ezek. 20:41, 28:25, 11:17, 36 and 37 
Chaps. Hosea, 1:1 1. Isa. 65:20-25. Acts, 1:6-7, 
26:6-7. To stand as the angel of the Lord before the 
world. Zech. 12:8. 



ISRAEL. 

10 Tribe King- 
dom. Captive to 
river Gozan 721 
B.C. II Kings 
17:6. Never re- 
turned. Now 
called Anglo-Sax- 
ons,etc. NotJews. 
Lost sheep of Isra- 
el.— Matt. 10: 5,6. 









en 






JUDAH. 

2 Tribe King- 
dom. Captive to 
Babylon 606 B.C. 
Returned to Jeru- 
salem 536 B.C. 
Driven out again 
70 A. D. Ne\'er 
returned. They 
are the Jews of 
to-dav. 



12 Tribes of Israel in one Kingdom, 
from 1095 to 975 B. C. 




JACOB, 



ISAAC, 



ABRAHAM. 



Born 1 86 1, B. C. 



Born 1 92 1, B. C. 



Born 2021, B. C. 





\ ^^ 




V 






/% 


1 




.m<ti 


1 




i 

i 






! 

i 

■ 




^ ^^. 




o ^^ m. 




^ ^# m 




V- £v^ m^ 




^ ^# ^^ 




?& m 


:%A. 




X ^,^ 


mw^ 




^ >;^^ 


i wS* 




^ ^^W 


i m 




"^ i^# 


'' \ 




^ c^m 


1 




y om 


1 




^^M 






CO W 










d 








s 








1 








^ 


^^ 


^^^K 




u. 








O 


^^^1 


W n 




tAl 

z 


r^^^ 


V .^ 




_l 


G^^^H 


^ z 


i 






UJ 


i 


tlJ 


^^^^^^m 


Ul 


i 


en 


^^^^^^m 


3 


l< 


^^^F 


O 


: 00 

i 


^^ 


■ 


! 

-Cr- y3ak^vHD s 


.N33nO 


■B.-^^. 


'U3Sm\ 


HO 31NV 



"^ -X c8 ^ X ■ 

_'5 oi' uTi 
^ >. n b ^ b£ - 



S3HDKI fog 

Fq_ 



•dBaiMVHD S.ONI>< 




cc 



No. 9 



MYSTERIES UNVEILED 

The Hoary Past Comes Forward with 

Astonishing Messages for the 

Prophetic Future 



BY I 

'WILLIAM A. RKDDINQ 



^SEP 28^896 ^ ^ 

Z'^n. «t^v;/i -B' 



WAS 



m«s: 



Copyright, 1896, by Wm. A. Redding- 

British and other foreign publishers are requested to honor the 

integrity of this copyright 






PRICE: Paper Cover, 50 Cents; Cloth. $1.00 



K^ 



A STATEMENT. 

In placing this book before the public it is not 
claimed that all the facts and thoughts in it are new, 
as Solomon says that there is nothing new under the 
sun, and I believe him. It is true that we are con- 
stantly meeting with things which we have never 
seen or heard before, but that is no proof that they 
were not in existence long before we met them. 
Principles always existed, but they lie dormant and 
unknown until some one comes along and, by revela- 
tion from some unseen force, discovers a point or two 
about them, and he applies them to use, and then the 

world declares that Mr. ^Hnvented^^ a great thing, 

whereas the fact is he ^Hnvented" nothing. He sim- 
ply discovered a thing which had been in existence 
ever since God was in existence. It would have 
been just as easy to have steam engines, bicycles, -V 
printing presses, sewing machines, etc., etc., 6,000 
years ago, when Adam was on earth, as it is to-day. 
The same principles were in existence then as now, 
but mankind did not know it; therefore, men have 
not ^Hnvented'^ any thing. And when they first catch 
the thought or light about these unknown princi- 
ples, it is only a mere speck on one particular point, 
and when they put that point into operation more 
light comes to thean about other principles con- 
nected with it; and thus it goes, on and on, higher 
and higher, towards perfection — gaining a little here 
and a little there. So much is being said on every 
line of thought nowadays that it is almost impossi- 
ble to write upon any subject without running upon 



4: A Statement. 

a part of some other person's thoughts, as no one 
man has discovered all that is known about anj 
thing. It is like the fine machinery we have in the 
w^orld to-day. One man discovered the principle of 
some part of it and this started another man's mind 
to thinking over it, so that he would see a new^ point 
which had never entered the mind of the first man; 
and thus it would go from one person to another,' 
each adding on a new discovery until, finally, the 
machine comes out to-day a marvel of intelligence. 
Take the great Pyramid of Egypt, for instance, as a 
subject. Lawyers, doctors, preachers, editors, 
astronomers, college professors, judges and a great 
host of persons have been figuring on this great stone 
building many centuries — especially so during the 
last forty years. One person discovered that the 
Pyramid taught astronomy; another one found 
that it laid down a perfect system of weights and 
measures for man's use. Another saw the science 
of geometry and trigonometry set in it; and, finally, 
Mr. llobert Menzies, of Scotland, caught the idea 
that each inch represents a year, and that it had 
something to do with the Bible teaching; then Mr. C. 
T. Russell, of Pennsylvania, U. S., thought he saw the 
plan of the ages laid out in it, and he wrote a chap- 
ter about it and added on new points, and I have 
used many of his points and thoughts (rearranged) 
in my chapter about it and have added links which 
other writers had overlooked. Another, has written 
about the Pyramid and Freemasonry. Thus it goes 
from one to another. Stacks of money and much 
time have been expended in investigating it. Great 
societies in Europe and also here in America have 
been formed to study it. It has been the wonder of 
earth. Like a foot-ball, it has been kicked at from 



A Statement. 5 

all sides to sound it. The prophets Isaiah and Jere- 
miah knew its greatness and spoke of it 2,500 years 
ago. So it is out of order for any one man to claim 
that he is the originator of all the ideas now put forth 
about the Pyramid or any other thing. 

THE AUTHOR. 
August, 1896. 



Tracing the Thread. 



TRACING THE THREAD. 

The world has spiritualized every thing in the 
Bible to such an extent that it is looked upon as a 
sky book entirely — not having anything to do with 
this earth; and, as a consequence, it has lost its 
charm and worth in the minds of thepeople, as they re- 
gard it as an extremely foreign document, belonging 
to a far-off and high-up world, and hence its narra- 
tives are not interesting (to their minds) and, in most 
cases, not even believed as rcaUti^s, but are regarded 
as mere fiction, manufactured by some unknown 
persons to make a plausible story. The constant 
spiritualizing of every thing has paralyzed the state- 
ments in the Book so that they fall flat without even 
a notice. But few people seem to know that the 
cities, rivers, mountains and countries mentioned in 
the Bible are located on this earth; and when we 
take up our Bible and commence to read and have 
our geographies and histories lying open by our side 
so as to trace as we read, the world stands aston- 
ished to think that the Book is talking about move- 
ments here on earth. They thought it was gabbling 
about the sky where there could be no hope of ever 
locating the places mentioned. So long as a person 
is ignorant of the exact location of the cities, rivers, 
mountains, countries, etc., mentioned in it and the 
dates when occurrences took place, he can not fol- 
low the thread of the narratives, and, of course, he 
loses interest in them at once — especially so if he 
attends the Sunday-schools and churches of to-day, 
as they always give the Book and its subjects a far- 
off touch and leave the impression that it contains 



Tracing the Thread. -7 

much which was not intended for us to know. Their 
preacher has often talked about the River Jordan 
but always left them under the impression that it 
was that imaginary line between this life and the 
life "over there," after death. I never shall forget 
how delighted I was (several years ago) when I first 
learned that the same River of Jordan as mentioned 
in the Bible is in existence, here on this earth, and 
that it starts up in the Lebanon mountains, in the 
north end of Palestine, and runs south through the 
Galilee country and empties into the Dead Sea, 
which is some miles southeast of Jerusalem. Of 
course I had studied geography and various other 
things in school and was a school teacher in my 
younger days, and yet I was intensely ignorant on all 
Bible subjects. I knew nothing at all on that line 
and did not icant to know any thing about it, as I 
had the idea that the Bible and its talk had nothing 
to do with this earth, but that it dealt entirely with 
dead persons, and as I was not dead I cared nothing 
about it. That is, I thought I was not dead; but 1 
see noio that I teas dead, although I was walking 
around and talking like other people. I meet many 
dead persons nowadays walking around and arguing 
that it is the Tariff, or the Gold Standard or the 
Free Coinage or the Republican or Democratic or 
Populist parties or some foreign country that is 
causing all this uproar on the earth; and that their 
crop failed last year because it ^'happened''^ to be too 
dry or too many floods or that the cyclone took them 
or some other thing "happened^^ to strike. Such per- 
sons are dead. They know not any thing. They 
see not that the day of the world's trouble, men- 
tioned by Jesus, is now here. They think the Bible 
is all sky and that it applies to them after they are 



8 Tracing the Thread. 

buried. They see not the great fact that the Bible 
contains a record of the movements which the various 
nations and individuals are to make on this earth in 
coming to perfection, which is God. Nothing but a 
terrible grinding (already starting) will make them 
see this fact and wake them up out of their sleep of 
death, so«that they can see that the great day of the 
battle of God Almighty is commenced. The sayings 
of Jesus to the young man are now clear. He said 
to him, "Follow Me." The young man replied, ''Let 
me go back and bury my father, who is dead.'' 
Jesus said, "Let the dead bury the dead." Jesus, 
with His wonderful illumination, loiew that the peo- 
ple were all dead and had no Life or knowledge in 
them, and that they could attend to burying that 
boy's father, who was simply colder and less active 
than the others around him. They were all dead 
together and knew not any thing. That saying of 
Jesus about the dead burying the dead always looked 
to me as being foolish and extremely absurd until I 
came out of darkness into light so that I could see 
how intensely dead the people are and how decid- 
edly wrong they regard the Bible and its teachings. 
Church-members and all others (except the spirit- 
ually illuminated) are just the same. They are all 
dead together and are waiting for burial. Their 
idea is that they must be buried and go away "over 
there" in order to see the Lord, not seeing the start- 
ling fact that the Lord is here and that the kingdom 
of God is within us: and if the kingdom is within 
us, then it is plain that the King resides in His king- 
dom. The president of the United States does not 
reside in Germany; neither does the czar of Russia 
reside in England. They live and have their habita- 
tion in their own governments, where they belong. 



Tracing the Thread, 9 

If I want to see the president of the United States I 
certainly will not leave this land and go off ta an- 
other country to find him. Up to this time the teach 
ing has always been pointing us to the "over there" 
beyond the grave, and holding out the idea that it is 
impossible to speak with God or know Him until we 
arrive at that far-off country. This puts the Lord 
and the Bible and all our good time away off and 
uninteresting; and I am writing this book and dig- 
ging up the ancient things and locating placesi and 
giving dates, etc., to force your mind to see that the 
King rides up and down through the earth and han 
dies the nations and individuals and turns govern- 
ments up or down to' suit His ow^n purposes. You 
must know that the redemption of mankind is to 
take place here on earth, and that it is already com- 
menced with great force and velocity while dead 
men are walking around arguing that it is the Tariff 
or Free Trade or paper money or some other imag- 
inary thing that is w^ashing our foundation from 
under us. They see not that it is the River of Life 
turned on and that it is running through and around 
the Tree of Life and washing the rubbish away. The 
Bible tells us that the Tree of Life is to be in the 
center of the River of Life and also on both sides of 
it so that the water runs through it. Rev. 22:1-0, 
The Tree of Life is mankind planted in the center of 
God with His powerful Spirit running through and 
around them; therefore, the trashy stuff now piled 
up around men and nations is being torn away by the 
irresistible River. Jesus was in the middle of this 
River, and this is why He said *'The Father is in Me 
and I am in the Father." All willing mankind is 
(eventually) to come into the middle of this River, 
here on earth; and by producing facts, figures, dates 



10 Tracinfj the Thread. 

and places I hope to break your false ideas about 
wanting to be buried and go away to see God when 
God is here. A very little circumstance, sometimeB, 
starts the mind on a new line of thought. For in- 
stance, some years ago I ijicked up a little book that 
was thrown around, and, as I always examine every 
thing, I began to read it and found that it was a sort 
of comment on the general character of the Jordan 
River, etc. Facts and figures were set forth which 
made it plain to my mind that it was the real river 
mentioned in the Bible. New light flashed across 
my mind, and I felt that I had discovered a great 
fact. The idea that the Bible occurrences had a 
foundation on this earth brought the Book closer 
home to me and I then began to think about it and 
look into it ; and I have gone on, from one thing to 
another, until I lind that it is a home Book entirely. 
This is Avhy I have so much to say in my publica- 
tions about the tribes, nations and different peoples. 
I know that if persons can be disentangled on all 
these things they will see the Bible in a new light 
which brings it closer home to them so that they can 
take it into their minds and comprehend the move- 
ments of God, as He handles the nations and turns 
governments up or down and changes the affairs of 
earth. It is an astonishing study and will show that 
every thing goes on like clock-work, with each wheel 
turning around in its place to produce its share of 
the) work in the general outcome. Some of the 
wheels revolve rapidly and keep up a great friction 
and clatter, while others go very slow and unnotic- 
able. These seemingh/ greatly mixed movements 
cause the people to think that the world drifts on in 
a haphazard way without management or order; but 
let me tell you that a careful tracing of things down 



Tracing the Thread. 11 

the ages shows positive and perfect order and pur- 
poses Imit together in the smoothest way. When 
their time comes thej are there present, ready to 
drop into the notch made for them, and there is no 
such a thing as preventing them. You can catch 
Jiold of a spoke in the wheel and push backward, but 
it will run over you and sweep you down. But if 
3^ou have sufficient foresight to see what is the mat- 
ter and what a certain movement means, and if you 
will then take hold and urge it on you thereby put 
3^ourself in the current of spiritual force hovering 
around that movement, and you become not only 
enlightened but powerful. But you must be certain 
that you understand the purpose of God and take 
His side of the case; and in miaking up your mind 
on this point you dare not judge by appearances, as 
it is scarcely ever, I might say never the smooth or 
best looking side that is God's side when viewing the 
great movements of nations, etc., for the reason that 
mankind is turned just half way around so that its 
face looks in an opposite direction from God and sees 
things with the map turned upside down; hence the 
movements and pictures on the right-hand side ap- 
pear on the left and are standing on their heads, 
which looks to the deluded human eye as ridiculous; 
while the mixed and upside-down affairs of men on 
the left hand are given a correct appearance on 
account of being viewed from the wrong direction. 
It is the turning of men's faces around right that 
causes the uproar and clashing among them. They 
tnmk evil is then striking them and they will fight 
the turning with a vengeance and do every thing in 
their power to defeat it, so as to be left in their old 
and upside-down condition. This is exactly the sit- 
uation at this time throughout the earth — especially 



12 Tracing the Thread. 

among the Anglo-Saxon nations (United States, 
Canada, England, etc.), where the great body of the 
Lost Ten Tribes of Israel reside, as the Lord chose 
them and set them apart as the leaders in the Millen- 
nial Kingdom which is now being prepared for the 
world, and therefore, the commotion attending the 
preparation naturally strikes more lively and notice- 
able among those people, as a complete change is to 
take place in the affairs of earth, and as they are to 
lead it, the stirring and breaking are greatest among 
them. We, the Lost Ten Tribes of Israel, were 
brought to England and to America and were given 
advantages for a purpose and we would better be 
fulfilling that purpose immediate} \j. 

The Lord will set thee on hijrh above all nations of the 
earth, and make thee the head and not the tail, and thou 
Shalt be above and not beneath.— Deut. 28:1. 10, 13. The 
Lord hath chosen thee to be a special people unto himself 
above all other people that are upon the face of the earth. 
Thou Shalt be blessed above all people.— Deut. 7:(>14. I an« 
not sent but unto the lost sheep of the House of Israel 
(Lost Ten Tribes).— C/nJs^ //} Matt. 15:2.'f. 

Therefore, we being the people to whom He en- 
trusted His doctrines, we would better right our- 
selves and not be caught napping or playing with 
ptrtensions in the form of present church creeds. 
We started in the Garden of Eden and have finallv 
landed here in the United States for a purpose. Wo 
know just where we are located. We can find the 
spot on the map; therefore, let us hunt far our start- 
ing point. It is an actual spot of land on the earth, 
although most people think it was a sky location or 
a fictitious story manufactured to suit the occasion, 
and when we talk about hunting for the exact loca- 
tion of the Garden of Eden here on earth people open 
their eyes in astonishment. The Bible account of 



Tracing the Thread. 13 

creation and of the Eden transaction makes no pre- 
tension of being inspired. It simply starts out and 
begins to tell things without saying who is telling 
them or when it occurred. It is generally believed 
that Moses wrote the first five books in the Old Testa- 
ment; and we know that Moses was born about VSTl 
B. 0. and that he resided the first 40 years of his 
life in Egypt, when he killed an Egyptian and had 
to run away and hide from the sheriff 40 years 
(see Exodus 2:11-16 and Ex. 4:18-20). This would 
make him 80 years old. He then returned to his old 
home and led the Twelve Tribes across the wilder- 
ness 40 3'ears, which would make him 120 years 
old, and it is quite probable that he wrote the 
book of Genesis just before his death, which oc- 
curred when he was 120 years of age. This would 
make the date of the writing of Genesis 1452 B. C. 
And we know that Adam was created a little over 
2,500 years before this period; therefore, the record 
of the creation of Adam and Eve was written 2,500 
years after the occurrences took place; but it is just 
as easy for spiritual Wisdom to look backward and 
see what has occurred as to look forward and tell 
what will occur. And whoever wrote the first five 
books of the Old Testament was either inspired or 
else an extraordinary good guesser, as statements 
are there made about the divisions of the people and 
what the outcome would be in future that present 
facts verify as truth. This being the case, we have 
a reasonable right to examine the statements about 
locations and the transactions which took place be- 
fore Genesis was written and we naturally begin at 
the Garden of Eden where Adam was planted, as it 
is generally believed that we are his descemdants 
and, therefore, we go to the Garden for our starting 



14 Tracing the Thread. 

point. "But where was it located?" you will ask. 
"Did it, as a spot of ground, ever really exist on 
earth?" I am forced to believe that it did. I am 
aware of the fact that persons are now teaching the 
idea that the Garden of Eden was not a section of 
country, but that it was a race or races of people in 
whom God worked out certain purposes; therefore, 
those people were the "garden." This, in one sense, 
is true, but there certainly was a particular location 
called the Garden of Eden, as the Bible mentions 
certain well known rivers as flowing out of the Gar 
den and this indiwites thnt it was a section of coun- 
try. There isi a tendency nowadays to symbolize 
every Bible statement and make it vanish into thin 
air so that there is nothing to it. There are a great 
host of people who believe or pretend to believe that 
no such a person as Jesus ever lived. They argue 
that it was simply a principle and was named Jesus, 
but that the real flesh man Jesus was not on earth. 
This shows how far people will carry a thing when 
once they start out to spiritualize every thing in the 
Bible. They do away with every man, city, river, 
mountain, sea, house, etc., etc., and declare that no 
such things existed, but that they were simply prin- 
ciples called by those names, and that the real things 
never existed. They declare that there was no 
Moses; no Twelve Tribes o*f Israel; no city of Jeru- 
salem; no David; no Israel Kingdom; no Jesus; i) 
twelve apostles; no real crucifixion of a man on a 
cross; no prophet Daniel; no anything. They say 
that none of these things existed, although the dis- 
coveries of to-day are digging up old bricks and pot- 
tery with names and dates; and recently some old 
gates were dug up in Jerusalem, after having been 
buried nearly forty feet deep some 3.000 years. The 



Tracing tlic Thread. 15 

Bible talks about these gates, but our spiritualizing 
friends say that it was all "principles" and symbols 
and that no gate, no city, no man living in the city 
ever existed; but we dig up the gates just the same. 
I admit that nearly every thing which took place in 
ancient time represented some spiritual purpose, but 
it is the most absurd foolishness to say that the 
actual thing or occurrence never was on earth. Po- 
litical parties strive over a certain principle. Each 
party has its candidate up, who is supposed to stand 
for or againsd: that principle as they de«ire. The 
vote is taken on the men, with nothing said on the 
ticiiet about the principle, as that is understood. 
After the election is all over will any person pretend 
to say that the actual real flesh men, as candidates, 
never existed? All the Bible symbols were acted 
out by men, women, cities, etc., and it will not do to» 
say that these agents of the symbols never existed, 
although there are people who are teaching just 
such foolishness, and it has a tendency to run Bible 
statements into a nothing, so that people regard the 
Bible as gabbling about the air in the sky. This is 
why I am writing a book of this kind. I want the 
people to see that the Bible deals with God's move- 
ments among men and governments. Jesus repre 
sented a grand spiritual principle. He was that 
principle, and He brought it to light. Jerusalem 
stood for a principle or was a symbol; but will any 
person make himself ridiculous by saying that the 
real flesh man Jesus and the real city of houses never 
existed? There is a tendency just now for the peo- 
ple to argue themselves and every thing else out of 
existence. No God; no world; no Jesus; no men. 
They leave every thing a great big blank, beyond all 
possibility of ever learning. Such trashy doctrine 



16 Tracing the Thread. 

is destructive to men's moral and spiritnal makeup. 
It is possible to become acquainted with God and 
talk with. Him and He to talk with us and this will 
be done within the next few years. It is done now 
by a few persons scattered over the earth. But we 
must lay down every thing and ourselves too and 
give up to Him completely and then He will act as 
our King. Many of the seeming impossibilities are 
coming under our control already and many more 
will follow. The Garden of Eden has long been 
looked upon as a nothing. A mysterious figure of 
speech with no basis or foundation at any particular 
place, but the writer of Genesis describes character- 
istics about it that make it certain that it was lo- 
cated somewhere along the banks of the Euphrates 
river which rises at the foot of Mt. Ararat (in cen- 
tral Armenia) and zigzags southwest, south and 
southeast, 1,800 miles long, to the Persian Gulf. 
Now go along that river and look for other earmark?? 
that belonged to the Garden, according to the record 
which reads as follows: 

And a river went, out of Eden to water the grarden; and 
from thence it was parted and became into four heads. The 
name of the firfit is Pison, which compasseth the wholo 
land of Havilah. where there is sold, bdellium and the onyx 
stone. (Remember this point.) The name of the second 
river is Gihon. which compasseth the whole land of Ethiopia. 
(Not Ethiopia of Africa, but of Asia.) The name of the 
third river is Hiddekel (the Tigris river), which poeth toward 
the east of Assj^ria. And the fom-th river is Euphrates.— 
Gen. 2:10-15. 

Therefore, by the above description we see that 
four great rivers are brought into the account of the 
Garden location. Can any such a spot, fitting the 
above description, be found on earth to-day? Yes. 
One of the rivers (Euphrates) is a certainty. The 



Tracing the Thread. 17 

Hiddekel (now called the Tigris river), '^which goeth 
toward the east of Assyria," is another certainty. It 
runs into the Euphrates about 120 miles northwest 
of the Persian Grulf. So here are tivo of the great 
rivers joined together. Go down the Euphrates five 
miles further and another great river (the Kerkhah, 
500 miles long) comes in from the northeast (rather 
north) where it has its head in the Elam country and 
near a broken chain of mountains where it is possi- 
ble the gold, onyx-stone and bdellium were found is 
reported in the description quoted above in refer- 
ence to the Pison river which was one of the four 
belonging to the Eden description. This Kerkhah 
river may be the Pison mentioned ; and if such is the 
case, we have three of the rivers located. Go on 
down the Euphrates further and another large river 
(the Kuran river) comes in from the east or north- 
east. It may be the Gilu)n river which the Bible 
mentions as one of the four. The Bible says the 
Gihon ran clear through the land of Ethiopia. The 
word Ethiopia means Mrnt faces (black like sun- 
burn); that is, the people were dark color. These 
people came from Gush, the eldest son of Ham (see 
Gen. 10 :6) ; and Ham wa.s one of the sons of Noah (see 
Gen. 10:1). And wheresoever these Cush people 
(black color) resided, the ancients designated that 
country the land of Cush. Cush means black and 
Ethiopia means burnt faces (dark) and hence the 
country would be called Ethiopia (burnt faces) or 
Cush (black faces). For this reason (black color) 
three countries, in ancient times, were called Ethio- 
pia or land of Cush. One of these Cush (Ethiopia) 
countries joined the Persian Gulf on the north and 
extended northward along the Tigris river in Persia, 
to Media, which is south of the Caspian Sea. The 



18 Tracing the Thread. 

river Kerkhah, heretofare discussed as possibly the 
ancient Pison river, runs clear through this Cash 
country. The Bible tells us that the Pison river ran 
clear through the land of Havilah where there is 
gold, onjx-stone, etc. Havilah was one of the sous 
of Cush. See Gen. 10:7. In ancient times the coun- 
try w^as named after or for the leading man or race 
occupying it, and it is quite likely that Havilah lived 
near or in the vicinity of his father, Cush, and there- 
fore Havilah and his descendants had a tract of 
country named Havilah near or in or joining the 
land of Cush. This would account for the Bible 
record which says that the Pison river ran through 
the land of Havilah and that the Gihon river ran 
through the land of Ethiopia (meaning burnt 
faces), which, as I have shown, is the same as 
Cush, which means black. Therefore, it is not hard 
to understand how these names are associated with 
each other, Havilah being the son of Cush and 
Cush being black, which brings th. same result as 
Ethiopia, which means burnt faces. Therefore, the 
Pison river could run through the Havilah country, 
while the Gihon river could run through the Ethio- 
pia country, which is the same as the Cush country. 
This would put one river in the land of Cush, the 
father, while the other river would be in the land 
of Havilah, the son. This could be possible with the 
two rivers (the Kerkhah and the Kuran) which I 
have named as possibly the Pison and the Gihon 
connected with the Garden of Eden description, as 
the Kerkhah and the Kuran both run through the 
Cush country; and if it was divided between the 
father's descendants (Cushites) and the son's de- 
scendants (Havilahites) it is reasonable to think one 
river was in the Havilah land and the other river in 



I 



Tracing the Thread. 19 

the Cush (Ethiopia) land; and we have Bible evi- 
dence that this Cush country lay north and north- 
west of the Persian Gulf in Persia, Asia, and that it 
was traversed by rivers. See Zeph. 3 :10. Isa. 11 :ii. 
Ezek. 38:5. Here then we have four rivers which 
fulfill, reasonably well, the description laid down 
in the Bible about the Garden of Eden; and two of 
these rivers (the Euphrates and the Tigris) are 
counted certainties, as the Euphrates is named out- 
right as one and the Tigris is called Hiddekel "which 
goeth towards the east of Assyria," and this just fits 
the description of the Tigris. And we know that th? 
land of Cush in Asia was on the north coast of the 
Persian Gulf, just where all these rivers have their 
way; therefore, we have the Garden of Eden run 
down to a close quarter on earth. We have the 
Euphrates and the Tigris rivers as certainties; and 
two other rivers which fit, reasonably well, the de- 
scription laid down in Genesis 2:11,13. We have 
the land of Havilah and the land of Ethiopia or 
Cush; but as to this (the land of Ethiopia) you are 
not to get the idea that it is the Ethiopia in Africa. 
That, in Africa, is an entirely different tract of coun- 
try which was also occupied by Cush and his de- 
scendants. It is now called Abyssinia, Nubia and 
Sennaar. These tracts lie south of Egypt in Africa; 
but this is not the Ethiopia mentioned in connection 
with the Garden of Eden. It seems that there were 
three tracts of country occupied by the Cush (black) 
descendants, and each tract or vicinity was called 
Ethiopia (burnt faces). One of these places was in 
Africa, a« just described, while the other two neigh- 
borhoods were in Asia; and we know that one of 
them in Asia was on the north coast of the Persian 
Gulf in the vicinity of the four rivers just named. 



20 Tracing the Thread. 

There is another spot in Asia where the Garden 
of Eden may have been located. At the head of the 
Euphrates river, up in Armenia, is a place where 
four great rivers rise within a few miles of each 
other. The Euphrates, Tigris, Araxes and the Pha- 
sis. The first two flow southward into the Persian 
Gulf, while the Araxes flows northeast into the Cas- 
pian Sea, while the Phasis flows northwest into the 
Black Sea. The Araxes and the Phasis may have 
been the Pison and the Gihon. Here, within a small 
area are the heads of four great rivers, the Euphra- 
tes and the Tigris being tico of them and which I 
have heretofore shown are certainties that belonged 
to the Garden according to the Bible account. 

The spot of country where the four rivers (in 
Armenia) rise is yet a beautiful location, just west 
of Mt. Ararat where Noah's Ark rested after the 
Flood. This fact is circumstantial evidence that 
Adam's race lived near there, as it is not probable 
that the Ark floated away far from where it started. 
But there is one objection to this spot as the Eden. 
It is (now at least) rather cold there. Snow covers 
Mt. Ararat all the time; and the climate is not so 
well adapted to Adam and Eve's fig-leaf clothing as 
the north coast of the Persian Gulf (heretofore de- 
scribed as the probable Eden spot) would be. How- 
ever, we can not form conclusions from this stand- 
point, as the changes in the lay of the country, pro- 
duced by the Flood, might have changed climatic con- 
ditions also. But it is reasonably certain that the 
Garden of Eden was located at or near one or the 
other of these two places. One was at or near the 
mouth of the Euphrates river, where four great rivers 
come together; while the other spot is at the head 



Tracing the Thread. 21 

of the Euphrates where three other rivers rise and 

start out in different directions. 

And a river went out of Eden to water the garden; and 
from thence it was parted, and became into four heads.— 
Gen. 2:10. 

This reading hardly fits the Armenia spot neax 
Mt. Ararat, as these (the four) rivers rise in a tract of 
country and start out in different directions so that 
their mouths are many hundreds of miles apart. 
The Bible description does not say that the rivers 
painted into four mouths, but it says that a river went 
out of Eden and from thence parted into four heads. 
From this it would be necessary for the Garden to 
be on the main river at a point near where the other 
three rivers came together and joined the Garden 
river. The mouths of these rivers would be together 
or near each other, but their four heads would be 
widely apart and located in different directions. 
This greatly favors the idea that the Garden was on 
the Euphrates, northwest of the Persian Gulf, where 
the Cush (Ethiopia in Asia) and the Havilah land 
was, as heretofore shown. Therefore, having 
found, pretty closely, the place where the Adam peo- 
ple started, let us briefly trace the thread to its main 
places, leaving out all the minor points^ and note the 
peculiar circumstances which would arise to scatter 
and drive the people to different parts of earth. The 
first notable occurrence of this kind was when they 
conceived the idea that they would build a high 
monument (called the Tower of Babel) to perpetuate 
their name. 

And the whole earth was of one language and of one 
speech. And as they journeyed from the east they found a 
plain in the land of Shinar and they dwelt there. And they 
said one to another. Let us build a city and a tower and 
make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face 
of the earth.— Gen. 11:1-5. 



2i2 Tracing the Thread. 

. After the Flood the descendants of Noah located 
in the rich valley in Shinar along the Euphrates 
river, northwest of the Persian Gulf, and intended to 
concentrate themselves there into a close settlement 
and stay on that one spot of earth and build up great 
improvements to perpetuate their name. All thid 
was contrary to the divine plan, as it would leave 
the remainder of earth not populated; therefore, 
after the people had commenced their great monu- 
ment (Tower of Babel) the Lord confused their lan- 
guage so that one could not understand the other, 
and of course their associations were decidedly uniu 
teresting to each other, and they divided off into lit- 
tle squads — each of which contained, probably, 
only such persons as could speak and understand 
the language of that squad. 

And the Lord said. Behold, the people are one and they 
have all one lanffuag:e; let ils jjo down and confound their 
languagre, that they may not understand one another's 
spe€H?h. So the Lord scattered them abroad from thence 
upon the face of the earth.— Gen. 11:0-8. 

It would be natural for them then to seek a loca- 
tion, eacli squad to itself; and to do this they would 
scatter out and hunt up a location for each colony. 
This is just what the Lord wanted, so tiiat the earth 
would be populated. A careful tracking of these 
movements shows that as the time would cx)me for 
a new section of country to be settled some circum- 
stance would arise to divide the people in opinion so 
that one part would pull out and hunt up a new loca- 
tion. It is highly interesting to run over histoiy 
and notice how mysteriously these things have oc- 
curred. After the Noah descendants were scattered, 
one of them (Abraham) was chosen by the Lord to 
be the head or commencement of a special nation of 



Tracing the Thread. 23 

people to lead in things godly, and, of course, 
they had to be specially taught and, there- 
fore, they were separated from other people right 
from the start, beginning with Abraham. He re- 
sided at Ur (on or near the Euphrates river) in Meso- 
potamia, several hundred miles north (and a little 
east) of Jerusalem. The Lord commanded him to 
leave his kindred and his old home and go southward 
into Palestine. 

The Lord said unto Abram. Get thee out of thy country 
(Mesopotamia) and from thy kindred and from thy father's 
house unto a land that I will shew thee, and I will make thee 
a great nation and I will bless thee and make thy name 
great, and in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed. 
And Abram took Sarah his wife * * * and they went 
forth to go into the land of Canaan (Palestine), and into 
Canaan they came.— Gen. 12:1-6. 

They and their descendants lived in Canaan un- 
til their allotted time came to go Egypt, as God had 
told Abraham that his descendants would be driven 
to a strange land not belonging tO' them, and that 
they would stay in the strange land 400 years and 
be servants or slaves. 

And he (God) said tin to Abram, Know of a surety that 
thy seed shall be a stranger in a land not theirs: and they 
(the Egyptians) shall afflict them 400 years.— Gen. 15:13. 

A famine in Palestine (at the proper time) forced 
them to move to Egypt (in Africa) as this was the 
"strange land" mentioned by the Lord and they did 
stay there 400 years (from 1900 B. C. to 1500 B. C.) 
and towards the expiration of that time the kings of 
Egypt became so extremely pinching on them that 
they could hardly live there. Their time had come 
for them to move out of Egypt to Palestine which 
was ready for them, and Moses was down in the 
desert (alone) taking lessons in the spiritual school 



24 Tracing the Thread. 

of God so as to be ready to lead the Israelites out 
when their last hour had expired for them to be 
there. Thej were grumbling and growling about 
the ''hard times," but never even suspicioned that 
God had the man (Moses) who was to lead them out 
down in the desert teaching him how to be a great 
captain over them and speak the commands of God 
to them. They thought a great evil had struck 
them in Egypt. They did not know that by mov- 
ing out from there and going to Palestine they could 
have a government of their own with God (in the pro- 
phets) talking with them. Their condition was to be 
bettered instead of being made worse, but they could 
not see that point, even though God had their leader 
(Moses) away prt^paring him for the move then. 
They moved over into Palestine and were estab- 
lished into a government of their own, but when the 
time came for a change in their affairs a difficulty 
arose among themselves and general dissatisfac- 
tion set in and grew worse and worse many years. 

Their kingdom had run its course and had come 
to its jumping-off place. God permitted the kings, 
one after another, to act in what ire would call an 
unreasonable manner. They were hard and cruel 
on the people and over-taxed them and burdened 
them down in every way, and the more the people 
complained the harder the king burdened them, un- 
til finally a majority of the ])ecple rose up and left 
the government and scattered out to some other 
point and set up a new thing. It is positively stated 
in 1 Kings 12:1-25 and 1 Kings 11:81-86 and Zech. 
11 :11 that God caused the division of the Israelitish 
kingdom. He had a purpose in it. Zech. 11:14 says 
He wanted to break the brotherhood between Israel 
(Ten Tribes) and Judah (Jews). The purpose is not 



Tracing the Thread. 25 

stated, but by looking back at the movements which 
have taken place since then we can get a little hint 
as to what some of the purpose was. England and 
all Europe w^ere lying there west of them needing 
these people to develop the resources of the land and 
at the same time spread the godly instructions which 
they had received many hundreds of years through 
Moses and the prophets. They finally drifted over 
that way and things went well and flourishing for a 
time until their time came to "move on," then re- 
ligious bigotry and oppression set in upon them and 
became so galling that they looked for a new loca- 
tion where they could worship God in their own way 
without dictation. Here was all this rich North 
American country lying idle with every thing favor- 
able in it for spiritual development and Ifis chosen 
family of Israel well started in spiritual schooling. It 
seemed proper to bring these people and this coun- 
try together, and circumstances arose that accom- 
plished it, and the result is, we find here in the 
United States the most advanced spiritual people — 
a select number of whom are to lead in the Millen- 
nial Kingdom and act as the "governors of Judah." 
Zech. 12:6. 

After settling in America things went on in a 
flourishing way a few hundred years until about all ty 
of the desirable parts were settled and then a condi- 
tion arose that gradually agitated the people to dis- 
contentment; and a disrupted condition will be I he 
result, just as eaeh change has brought during the 
last 6,000 years. Before the change occurred in 
Egypt the rulers (Pharaohs) bound them down 
harder and more severe until they became discon- 
tented and icilling to leave. In Palestine the same 
thing occurred. In England the oppression took on 



26 Tracing the Thread. 

more of a religious turn. They were persecuted and 
forced to a certain religious belief until tlie situation 
became a burden. Now the oppression is of a finan- 
cial, social and political nature, just as it was in 
Egypt from 1900 B. C. to 1500 B. C. and in Palestine 
from 1025 B. C. to 975 B. C, which was 50 years of 
oppression and stubborn rulers who lashed the peo- 
ple right and left with tasks, taxes and trouble until 
they rose up and broke the kingdom. See 1 Kings 
11 and 12. These chapters show that the people 
here now are complaining of the same things which 
disturbed and split the Israel kingdom 975 B. C; 
and the Bible positirehf declares that God did it. 
You see their time had come for dissolution jind 
scattering. The same smothered upheaval is grow- 
ing among us now as grew between us 975 B. C. Ex- 
actlji the same. IVople now are cursing their rulers, 
and the more they curse and froth the more contrary 
and pinching the rulers become. You see our time 
for dissolution and disruption is nearly here. A 
new thing is to be started up again. Palestine and 
Jerusalem are being cleared out and lifted up for us 
again. There they lie waiting for us to come back. 

O, ye mountains of Israel, ye shall shoot forth your 
branches and yield your fruit to my people of Israel, for 
they are at hand to come. I am for you and I will turn 
imto you (Palestine) and ye shall be tilled and sown; and 
I will multiplT men upon you— all the House of Israel. — 
Ezek. 3G:S-13. 

Every thing goes on time, and when the time comes 
for breaking up the old order of things and scatter- 
ing and collecting to a new spot on earth the causes 
that TNill produce it begin to set in and grow 
up to such proportion as to rift every thing 
open; and this is the sole and only cause of 
the present disrupted condition of politics, churches 



Tracing the Thread. 27 

and society. Our time has come and notliing 
can put it down or prevent it. You might as 
well try to lasso the mooca. It will plow right on 
throT.glij the clouds undisturbed while you pound 
the air and curse at the pinched condition of things 
and blame this ruler and that ruler, etc., etc. l>ut 
you are not to draw from this that I advocate that 
God works evil. God is Love and doeth no evil, but 
His movements often seem to the human intellect as 
evil. No doubt Noah's descendants thought that a 
great evil had struck them when the confusion of 
tongues fell upon them and made their associations 
unpleasant — so much so that they gave up their old 
home and left, to other parts of earth. The Israel- 
ites thought a great evil had struck them wlien 
things became so pinching that they could not live 
in Egypt and had to move out; and afterwards they 
had to rebel against the king at Jerusalem and split 
the government in two. The Twelve Tribes had 
been living together about 1,000 years, and then to 
have a disruption and family quarrel seemed had 
indeed, but God in His book (the Bible) says, ''This 
thing is from il/e." 1 Kings 12:16-25. Zech. 11:14. 
The Bible positively declares that God confused the 
tongues at the Tower of Babel and scattered the peo- 
ple. Gen. 11:1-10. The Bible tells us that God 
caused Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, to come 
over to Jerusalem and break up and carry aw^ay the 
Jewish kingdom. Jer. 25. Of course the Jews 
thought a great evil had struck them. 

People w^ant to hold on to the old way. They 
can not see the good being prepared for them. 
Those who are to lead the New Nation are now in the 
spiritual school of God, as Moses was, and the great 
movement will occur ere long after things become 



28 Tracing the Thread, 

more and more pinching. Mankind is so consti- 
tuted that it has to be pressed and broken almost 
into atoms to wake it up to a sense of duty. Give 
men good health, a good bed in which to sleep and 
plenty to eat and they care nothing for God, spirit- 
ual things or any body. You can not even get their 
attention to listen to any thing spiritual. Talk on 
the subject makes them angry. It is only when rhey 
are sick or distressed in other ways and can not 
get relief that they are even willing to hear about 
the Good or the Unseen. This is one of the reasons 
v\iiy such terible oppression and disruptions have to 
come to create dissatisfaction and make them icilh 
ing to let go the old and hear about the new; but 
breaking them loose from the old way is looked upon 
by them as evil striking them. Viewing things 
from this standpoint makes us look at some peculiar 
expressions in the Bible, in which it is positively de- 
clared that God creates evil. 

I form the lijrbt and croato darkness. I make peace 
and create evil. I, the Lord, do all these thinjrs.— Isaiah 
45:7. Shall there be evil in a city and the Lord hath not 
done it?— Amos 3:6. 

The above scripture, if properly translated, has 
some meaning, but I am satisfied that mankind (at 
present) is not fit to pass judgment on the question, 
as people always look at things from a human stand- 
point which is ahrai/s wrong and short-sighted. 

For my thougMs arc not your thougTifs. ncith-cr are iiour 
icays mil u'<i}is, salth the Lord. For a.<f the heaven.'i are higher 
than the earth, so are my ways higher tJian your ways and my 
thoughts higher than your thoughts.— Isaiah 55:8-9. 

The people are complaining and fearful that the 



Tracing the Thread. 29 

present system of governments, churches and society 
will perish, as it is being paralyzed now before their 
eyes and they think they would be ruined if the 
present order of things were taken away from them. 
They can not see that a better thing — the best thing 
that was ever established on this earth for mankind 
is to take the place of the present unsatisfactory 
condition. They look at all this breaking up now as 
evil. In the springtime the warm atmosphere causes 
the ice in the rivers to break loose, and the pieces 
rear and plunge and roll over each other and sweep 
away bridgesi and every thing before it. It is de- 
structive. You must keep out of its way. Within 
itself it is a highwayman, full of slaughter; but 
what caused it? What is coming behind it? Growth, 
beauty and bountifulness. The grass, the leaves on 
the trees, the fine fruit, the grain and bountiful crops 
are coming along immediateh/ hehind all the slaugh- 
ter and madness. They could not have come had 
the ice remained frozen and hard. It had to give 
way fij*st ; and the same atmospheric conditions that 
caused the ice to rise up and strike at things brought 
the grass and the golden grain. We are just now 
coming to the golden harvest of all past ages. The 
great climax of perfection is ahout to commence and 
the same spiritual conditions overhead that are 
bringing it are also breaking up the long frozen, icy 
condition that has held things down on the beastly 
plane 6,000 years. This breaking up is already caus- 
ing suffering and slaughter to every thing in its 
way, just as the ice in the rivers does in its spring- 
time breaking. Climb out of the way and hinder it 
not if you would not be destroyed by it. It is com- 
ing with irresistible force. Stand still and watch 



30 Tracing the Thread. 

the redemption of Man and the earth, and see the 
rising of the New Nation that is to lead the world. 
Drop the foolish habit of spiritualizing every thing 
in the Bible and putting every thing away ''up 
there," out of your reach. God is within you. 



The Great Pyramid of Egypt, 31 



BRIEF EXPLANATION ABOUT THE GREAT 
PYRAMID OF EGYPT. 

Before a person can fully understand the de- 
scription of a piece of workmanship the plan of it 
must be thoroughly imprinted on the mind; there- 
fore, it is necessary that you read this carefully and 
trace it on the diagram set in this book. 

The Pyramid covers 13| square acres and is 484 
feet high. 

En<trance 50 feet above ground and 25 feet east of 
center. Entrance door 47.3 inches high and 41.5 
inches wide. 

The Pit is 46 feet long and 28 feet broad, and is 
located 100 feet below the center of the base of the 
Pyramid. 

Mosaic Hall is 47 inches high (to ceiling) and 41 
inches wide and slants 20 degrees. 

Floor length of Christian Hall, 1881.2 inches. 
Ceiling nearly 28 feet high. Door leading into hall, 
53 inches high. Door leading out at top end of hall, 
43^ inches. Short passage from top end of Christian 
Hall to Ante-Chamber, 52.19 inches. Length of 
Ante-Chamber, 11G.26 inches; width, 65; height, 
149. King's Chamber length, 412 inches; width, 
206; height, 230. Temperature, 50 degrees. 180 
feet of solid masonry between it and outside air; 
and 50 courses of masonry from base of Pyramid to 
this chamber. The stone box inside of it, and which 
is supposed to represent the Ark of the Covenant, is 
89.62 inches long, 38.61 wide and 41.13 deep. 



32 The Great Pyramid of Egypt. 

A^e of Pyramid aometliing over 4,000 years. 
Built about 300 years after Noah's Flood, according 
to the best calculations that can be found, although 
nothing positively certain can be stated on this 
point. It is largely conjecture, made up from mere 
circumstantial evidence. The ancient prophets 
seemed to have a knowledge of its meaning, as the 
following hints from them show: 

In that day shall there be an altar to the Lord in the 
land of Eg:j'pt and a pillur at the border thereof. And it 
shall be for a sign and for a. witness unto the Lord.— Isaiah 
19:19, 20. 

Ah Lord God! there is nothinjr too hard for Thee. The 
Lord of Hosts is His name, who has set signs and wonders 
in the land of Egypt, even unto this day.— Jeremiah 32. 

You will notice that the above language of Isaiah 
says that there sliall be a pillar at the border of 
Egypt for a "sign" and for a "witness" unto the Lord, 
but he carefully concealed what it was to "witness.'' 
The time had not come then for it to be understood 
and the prophets' words were veiled. And it is prob- 
able that much of its meaning is yet hidden from the 
minds of men. However this may be, it is a curious 
mystery and is hard evidence against a class of peo- 
ple who are now spiritualizing every thing in the 
Bible so that its statements are argued into thin air 
with no foundation under it, according to their 
teachiiig. 



i 



The Great Mystery Unveiled, 33 



THE GREAT MYSTERY UNVEILED. 

In the northern part of Africa stands the great 
wonder of the world. Generations have come and 
gone; they have looked and figured, guessed and 
studied with amazement — all to no purpose. The 
lock that sealed its lips, four thousand years ago, 
guarded carefully the hidden secrets in its care un- 
til the time would come for the voice within it to 
speak out to an astonished world. It has spoken, 
and all the earth stand in breathless amazement at 
its revelation. The veil is lifted sufficiently to ex- 
pose some of its long-hidden treasures. Silent as 
the tomb at midnight it is, yet its great message 
rolls out upon us at an opportune moment when 
most needed. Its speechless oratory melts men 
down like sand. Well they may wonder in its pres- 
ence, as Jehovah's tracks are there, but He covered 
them from the eyes of men, and sealed the wisdom 
of the ages in solid stone so that neither time nor 
th^ elements of weather can erase His secret path. 
Will you read this secret history? Come with me to 
the great Pyramid of Egypt — gray-headed with age. 
Take off your shoes and uncover your head in its tow- 
ering presence, as Jehovah has been there. He was 
the architect whose plans and specifications wei'e 
formed before the first morning stars sang together. 
He gave the orders and the foundation for this mys- 
terious building was laid before the grandparents of 
Abraham were bom. What is the measurement 
thereof? 764 feet square at its base and 486 feet high 
— covering about thirteen acres of ground. Built of 
stone laid solid within and without. Some of the 



34 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

stones being thirty feet in length and fit down upon 
each other so closely that the point of a pocket-knife 
blade can be run over them and not detect the joints 
— although no mortar was used in building. Where 
is the machinery to-day that will dress a 30-foot 
stone so accurately as to make such a joint? And the 
weight of such a stone! Some in the building are 
estimated to weigh 800 tons. ^Yhat machinery can 
lift such a stone over 400 feet high and let it down 
so accurately as to make an almost unnoticeahle 
joint? A common freight car will carry 20 tons; and 
at this rate it would require 40 cars to carKy one 
stone. All the steam engines in the world could not 
pull this l.^-acre building in one lump. Storms can 
not shake it, as it is solid through from side to side 
and from top to bottom except three or four little 
halls running through it at various angles; and in 
these some of the mysteries are built. It is shaped 
for strength — its four sides being tapered and 
slanted from its foundation upward until they all 
meet in a sharp point, 486 feet high ; it is the very 
acme of wisdom in form and structure. 

When was it built? What was the purpose? 
Who did the work? How many thousand men were 
engaged upon it? All these questions were asked 
thousands of years before Jesus was bom. Away 
back in Jacob's time this great building troubled 
the heads of men, but Jehovah kept still; the time 
for unveiling its deep secrets had not yet come. 

Who built it? It is not positively known, but 
circumstantial evidence seems to show that Mel- 
chizedek (the great peaceful king of Salem) man 
aged the work; but he received the pattern, inside 
and outside, directly from God. The Bible men- 
tions Melchizedek as having been a type of Christ — 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 35 

that is, he was a great personage inspired by God. 
He lived about 2,000 or 2,500 years before Christ. 
Genesis 14 :18,19 tells us that he was a priest of God 
and blessed Abraham ; therefore, we know that Mel- 
chizedek was on earth at the beginning of Abra- 
ham's time. Abraham was born ahout 2021 B. C. 
How many thousand men worked on this great stone 
building? It is almost beyond the reach of human 
intellect to figure out an answer to- this question. 
The stone had to be quarried and some of them 
hauled a long distance; and how this hauling was 
done^no human power can answer, as it has already 
been shown that one stone would weigh over 800 
tons, and require 40 freight cars to carry it. The 
dressing of the stone would be an immense task. It 
could not be done by band, as no workman nowa- 
days can dress two stones (each thirty feet long) 
sufficiently true to make them lie together without 
showing} the joint. Then the raising of an 800-ton 
stone into that high building and letting it down to 
its exact spot was a task which shows that the peo- 
ple of those days had ways and means unknown to 
us to-day. 

' How long time was consumed and what was the 
expense in erecting it? The Holy Ghost only can an- 
swer. If all the property in Egypt were sold the 
price would not be sufficient to hire workmen to tear 
down this great stone monument. The Designer 
(God) never intended that it should be torn down. 
It was to stand as a "witness" from generation to 
generation. It is the great hub of the world — stand- 
ing in the center of all the land surface of earth. 
North and South America were not, at tliat time, 
known to exist and yet they were taken into consid- 
eration when the foundation spot was selected. 



36 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

What was the purpose in building it? Ah, here 
is the great question that has been asked all through 
the ages, the last four thousand years, but never an- 
swered until the Lord was ready to let men into some 
of His secret plans. The prophet Daniel, writing 
under inspiration, declared that a time would come 
when "men would run to and fro and knoidcdye 
would be increased"; and sure enough that day is 
upon us and men are having their eyes opened on 
the mysteries of God and His universe. Railroad 
trains are carrying people to all parts of earth, and 
the scene at our great depots in large cities shows 
that the prophecies are now being fulfilled by people 
running to and fro — some going one way and some 
another. It is one continuous hurry and stir. 
Every body seems to be on the move. Trains, going 
in all directions, are crowded. People are discon- 
tented and want to be going; and if they can not go 
on railroads they go in wagons and on foot. Kn(»wl- 
edge is being increased too. The Lord is dropping 
crumbs of wisdom into the minds of men as rapidly 
as they are willing to receive it, and this new cur- 
rent of force running through the thoughts creates 
Cermentation while it is breaking people away from 
their old ideas, and this change causes a disturbed 
condition among the people; thus we see that the 
fulfillment of Daniel's prophecy is now going on; 
and with the increasing of knowledge, predicted by 
him, comes new knowledge about this great stone 
mystery in Egypt. The Lord has not permitted all 
its secrets to flow into one man; He has divided it 
among them by dropping a point to one and another 
point to another, and so on. The -first discovery 
about it was that it contained scientific, lessons in 
various lines of wisdom. It gives us the key to a 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 37 

correct system of weights and measures and to 
mathematical problems. It answers questions in 
astronomy. It points us to deep secrets in earth 
and sky. It shows the cycles or periods of revolu- 
tion of the heavenly bodies. Its measurements and 
angles (when understood) point out the path of man 
and note the time when certain occurrences take 
place on earth. Although it was built more) than 
two thousand years before Jesus Christ was born, 
yet it marks the exact date when that great event 
would occur. It shows His death and resurrection 
and the upward path of man towards perfection and 
notes the time when the Millennial Age will set in, 
and its great and final glory. It marks the calling 
of the Twelve Tribes of Israel and the wonderful 
dealings God has had with them and what is yet to 
occur. The path of all nations is shown and what 
their final destiny shall be. It show^s the Holy and 
the Most Holy places, as they were pictured out be- 
fore the Twelve Tribes of Israel during their cele- 
brated journey of forty years in the wilderness. At 
that time the symbols were constructed of cloth and 
linen hung up to form chambers and ante-chambers, 
with curtains drawn between them ; but in this great 
solid mystery in Egypt all these things and many 
more are shown in stone. Dates of occurrences are 
most ingeniously marked and yet not a picture, not 
a word, not a figure is to be found about it. The liis- 
tory and destiny of the world are carefully written 
in it and yet not a word is cut, painted or shown. It 
speaks in thundering tones to the ages, and yet its 
voice is silent as the grave. No human eye can read 
its astonishing story for the reason that no reading 
can be found there. Its wonderful messages never 
would be noticed by the sight, hearing, touch, taste 



38 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

or smell. These five senses of man are dumb in its 
presence. Jehovah has a way of concealing things 
and at the same time holding them up to full view. 

l^one of the wicked shaU understand, but the tcise (spirit- 
ually wise) shall understand. —Daniel 12:10. 

The great secrets and history dwelling in this 
Egyptian monument are brought to light by meas- 
urements and calculating its angles. If you know 
any thing about geometry and trigonometry you 
know that there is a way of measuring distances by 
a process called triangulation. Civil engineers use 
this method in figuring the distances across rivers 
or through mountains where the chain can not be 
carried. The rule works with exactness and shows 
distance more accurately than chain measurements; 
therefore, by applying this and other mathematical 
rules to the great stone Pyramid of Egypt it reveals 
wonders. It speaks out in thundering tones, and yet 
says not a word. For instance, by measuring the 
distance from its northeast corner (at base) to south- 
w^es/t comer, and adding it to the distance from 
northwest corner to southeast corner will show (in 
inches) the exact number of years in the precessional 
cycle (which is 25,827 years). The precessional cy- 
cle or period is the time required for the sun to 
make one revolution or circle around a central point, 
supposed to be Pleiades. Our earth and a great 
many other worlds circle around the sun. It is a 
center for them ; but while they are whirling around 
the sun, the sun is moving in a large circle around 
Pleiades; and the time required to make this great 
circle is 25,827 years. Long before the wonders of 
the stone Pyramid of Egypt had been discovered, as- 
tronomers had ficcured out the time required for the 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 39 

sun to make this great journey, and their figures 
were tbe same as are now discovered in the Pyramid. 
Of course Jehovahi knew all about the times and 
movements going on in the heavens and He secretly 
wrote them in this great stone building by making 
each inch count as one year; it is claimed therefore, 
when you want to know the length of time in any 
certain dispensation of God, or desire the date when 
a certain important event will occur, just pick up 
your tape-line and start around or through or over 
the Pyramid aind note its measurements and angles 
and your question will be answered in inches or 
cubits. 

Would you Imow the distance from this earth to 
the sun? Just measure the distance from the top 
point of the Pyramid to its base and niote tbe slant 
of its sides and then apply the known rules of aritli- 
metic, geometry and trigonometry in triangulation, 
heretofore mentioned, and your answer will be 
91,840,270 miles as the distance between these two 
worlds. Long before the secrets of the Pyramid 
were unveiled astronomers had settled on the dis- 
tance as 92 million miles, or thereabout. When 
the angles are given as a starting point, it is just as 
easy to calculate the distance from one world to an- 
other as it is to find the distance across a river with- 
out carrying the chain across the space, as triangu- 
lation rules are accurate, same as other mathemat 
ical rules; therefore, just lay your line on this stone 
Pyramid and your answer is sure. This is what the 
Bible is hinting at when it says : 

Who hath laid tlie measures thereof and who hath stretched 
the line upon itf—Joh 38:5. 

God was asking Job certain mysterious ques- 
tions to set Job to thinking about the wonderful 
things of the universe and the great wisdom requirecj 



40 The Great Mystery Unveiled, 

to construct them, and God used a building as a sym- 
bol to represent this earth, and asks the questions: 

^Yhere wast thou icJien I laid the foundation of the earth f 
Whereupon are the foundations thereof fastened? and who 
laid the corner stone thereof ?— 3 oh 38. 

Investigation shows that the foundation for the 
l*vramid was carefully leveled on n.iitural rock and 
a hole or socket cut down into the rock bottom, at 
each of the four foundation corners, so that the 
workmen could shape the first layer of dressed stone 
to fit into the sockets; representing by this that it 
should never slip off its foundation. The Lord was 
hinting to Job about these things. 

JVhef^reupom ai'e the foundations tliereof fastened f Who 
laid the corner stone thereof? 

This stone Pyramid may be considered this earth 
built on a small scale and containing a full history 
of man and his winding path and the key to a sys- 
tem of weights and measures best adapted to man's 
use; and also marking the hidden dates when great 
changes or dispensations would set in. etc., etc. 

The measurements of the four sides (at its base) 
added together gives the exact time in four yeai^, to 
the very fraction — and makes due allowance for the 
leap-year. 

There is but one opening into the Pyramid, and 
that is on the north side, and fifty feet above the 
base. From this entrance-door one starts into a 
narrow, straight, declining passage or hall-way, 
4044 inches (337 feet) long. The slant is regular 
and rather steep and passes downward through the 
foundation of the Pyramid and goi-s on its downward 
course, through the natural rock, a distance of 100 
feet below the base line until it meets a little room 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 41 

or "pit," 4Gx28 ft. cut in the solid natural rock under 
the Pyramid. As before stated, the distance from 
this "pit" room to the entrance door in the north 
side of Pyramid, is 4044 inches (337 feet). This is an 
important point to remember, as the length of this 
hall-way, expressed in inches, is supposed to give us 
the number of years the human race would be going 
down the slanting road towards the "pit" of trou- 
ble and disaster — counting from the time w^hen the 
Pyramid was finished; now if we know when that 
building was completed we can start at that date 
and run down 4044 years and find when the time of 
trouble, spoken of by Christ and Bible writers, will 
begin. Their words on this turbulent time are as 
follows: 

Wait, saith the Lord, until the day that I rise up to the 
prey, for my determination is to gather the nations to pour 
out upon them mine indignation.— Zeph. 3:8. 

At that time there shall be a time of trouble such as 
never was since there was a nation.— Dan. 12:1. 

For there shall be great tribulation, such as was not 
since the beginning of the world.— Matt. 24:21. 

When was the Pyramid built? This is the 
point to be learned in order to get a starting 
point for the 4044 years. Ah^ the date of the build- 
ing of that great stone witness has troubled the 
heads of generations, but God had it marked in a 
hidden way so that when '^knoidedge tcoiild he in- 
creased,^' as spoken of by Daniel, the Lord would let 
men into the important secret. 

Mr. John Taylor, of England, was the first per- 
son to prove that the Pyramid was built for some 
good purpose, to teach mankind some lessons of im- 
portance, but his discoveries were all on the scientif- 
iv branch of its teachings; and he published some- 



42 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

tiling about it in A. D. 1859. Since then many men 
liave figured on it and written about it until many 
books and i:>amplilets on the subject are now in ex- 
istence. Each man discovers some new point. As- 
tronomers have been greatly interested in it for the 
reason that it teaches many things in their line, 
^rrof. Piazzi Smyth, Astronomer Eoyal for Scotland, 
went to Egypt and made a study of it and took care- 
ful measurements of its angles and parts and made 
drawings of it — showing locations and lengths of 
halls and all the important points about it and 
wrote a book on it, entitled ^'Our Inheritance in The 
Great Pyramid." Part of the figures and drawings 
set out in this work are taken from his book. He 
was looking at it entirely from the basis of astron- 
omy, without thinking that it had any thing to do 
with the Bible or God's plans; and while so engaged 
in figuring out the lessons in astronomy, as taught 
by the Pyramid, hei noticed that the long, narrow 
slanting hall-way (entrance passage) resembled a 
telescope, pointing to a certain place in the heavens. 
He figured backward in astronomy to find when any 
planet had been at that spot in the sky; in other 
words, he turned the wheels of the universe back- 
ward until something would come in range with that 
hall-way in the Pyramid. He found that at mid- 
night of the autumnal equinox, B. C. 2170, the 
Dragon star hiad been in direct line with the hall- 
way which points upward toward the north. Thei'e 
is another narrow hall leading off from the entrance 
hall and points upward towards the south. He fig- 
ured backwards to find what planet would be in 
range with it, and he found that the cluster of seven 
stars called Pleiades was the object to which the 
soKth-iyomtmg hall was calling on the night of 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 43 

autumn, B. C. 2170. He therefore concluded that the 
Pyramid was built (finished) 2170 B. C. After Prof. 
Smjth had discovered these lessons in astronomy, 
another gentleman named Robert Menzies caught 
the idea that the length of those halls had some- 
thing to do with the mysteries of Grod's plan of the 
ages; and that by counting each inch as a year an 
astonishing message from God would be revealed. 
This new idea caused Prof. Smyth to do more meas- 
uring from a different starting point, to s-ee vrhether 
the number of inches would tell when the pyramid 
was built. The entrance hall (starting in from the 
north side of the Pyramid) runs' south and down- 
ward, as before stated, 4041 inches, but 628 inches 
from its starting point another hall sets in and runs 
upward 1,542 inches to where it meets and runs into 
a gallery whose ceiling is twenty-eight feet high 
from the floor of it. Mr. Menzies claimed that this 
high gallery was to represent the Christian Age, and 
that the point where, the hall ceiling suddenly 
jumped up to such a great height was to represent 
the birth of Christ. Astronomer Smyth saw at 
once that if Menzies' theory was correct, then by 
starting at that high ceiling point and measuring 
downward 1,542 inches, to where the hall joined and 
ran into the entrance hall, and from there upward to 
the door on north side of the Pyramid the number 
of inches would express the date when the Pyramid 
was built. He had already figured it out by astron- 
omy that certain planets were in range with those 
two halls in the autumn of 2170 B. C, and he took 
that as the date of building; now would the number 
of inches from that high ceiling point to the outside 
entrance door show the same figures? This was a 



44 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

breathless test, but if Menzies' tlieorj was right the 
figures would correspond with those already pro- 
duced by calculations in astronomy. The end of the 
measuring line was laid at the point where the high 
ceiling gallery set in (birth of Christ point) and 
stretched downward along the floor to the point 
where that hall joined or ran into the other hall, and 
the figures on the tape showed 1,542 inches to that 
junction point where the two halls met. By this 
they knew that they were already to a point 1,542 
years before the birth of Christ, and they were yet 
far from the outside (entrance) door of the Pyramid; 
so they laid the line at the 1,542 mark (junction point 
of halls) and stai'ted upward, in the other hall, to- 
ward the outside doorway; and just as they arrived 
at the edge of the entrance door they noticed a finely 
ruled line on the wall of the hall, and the figures on 
the measuring line to that marked point on the wall 
showed G28 inches. They had gone 628 years farther 
away from the birth of Christ. They had already 
come dow^n the other hall 1,542 years from Christ's 
birth, and by adding the 628 inches (years) to the 
1,542 would give the number of inches from Christ's 
birth point to the ruled line on the wall at the edge 
of the door. 628 added to 1,512 makes 2,170 — ex- 
actly the number which Prof. Smyth had found by 
calculations in astronomy. This was stunning proof 
that each inch in the hall-ways represents a year 
and that the stone Pyramid was built (finished) 2170 
B. C. Abraham was born near that time, and the 
Lord called him to be the head or father of a special 
race o»f people through whom the Lord would work 
to raise the nations of earth to a higher plane of life 
and come into closer relations with God, 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 



45 



The Lord said to Ahram, Get thee away from thy kin- 
dred and from thy father's house, and I will make of thee a 
great nation, and in thee all families of the earth shall be 
blessed.— Gen. 12:1-3. 

Abraham had a son named Isaac. Isaac had a 
son named Jacob. Jacob had twelve sons who be- 
came the heads of the Twelve Tribes of Israel. 
These Twelve Tribes were the specially chosen 
race which wais to work out God's' purpose. They 




THE TWBI.VE TRIBES OF ISRAEI. MOVING. 

They left Egypt, under the leadership of Moses, 1492 
B. C, and aiTived in Palestine 40 years later and toolv pos- 
session of the land set off to them. This was their first 
return. There is to- be a second retui'n, which is just now 
(1896) being prepared and will probably take place some- 
where near 1915 A. D., when the Millennial Kingdom will 
be set up on this eai-th to rule the world. 

lived among the Egyptians and other people until 
God told Moses to lead them out of Egypt and take 
them to Palestine where they could have a govern- 



4:6 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

ment of their own and live to themselves and not 
mix with other nations. This date when they cut 
loose from other nations is marked in the stone 
Pyramid by the hall-way branching off from the en- 
trance hall at a point just 1,542 inches (years) be- 
fore the birth-of Christ point which is shown further 
up the hall at a point where the high ceiling com- 
mences. But the branching off of the hall at 1,542 
inches (years) before the birth-of-Christ point must 
not be taken as the time and point where the Israel- 
ites left Egypt, as they were set apart from other 
nations and especially called of God 430 years be- 
fore they left Egypt. The setting apart was done 
w^hen God called Abraham to leave his father's 
house and his country and his kindred and go to the 
land set apart for him by the Lord. This was about 
1922 B. C., and 430 years of ''sojournings" su^b- 
tracted from this would make the time of leaving 
Egypt somewhere near 1492 B. C; and this point 
must be remembered when reading hereafter in this 
book about the hall which I have named the Mosaic 
Hall, simply for convenience and not to mean that 
the hall started in when Moses started with the 
Israelites out of Egypt, as such an understanding 
Avould mislead as to dates and measurements. And 
just so with the Christian Hall further up in the 
Pyramid. I have simply named it to distinguish one 
from the other without giving figures and lengths 
of dispensations, as it confuses the reader to lay too 
many figures and complicated calculations before 
him all at once. The 1542-inch hall slants upward 
at a steep rate and its ceiling is only four feet high 
above its floor, making it diflicult to walk up. A 
person must stoop quite low and also watch his foot- 
step that he does not slip. This, according to C. T. 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 47 

Russell's interpretation, represents the Mosaic Law 
Di-spensation which governed the Israel family from 
the time the Law was given, up to the time when 
Christ came and set it aside and started the Chris- 
tian age of Repentance, Faith and Grace. If this 
is the case, then for convenience we will call that 
1542-inch hall the '^Moisaiic Hall." During that 1,542 
years they had a hard time of it trying to climb up 
the godly path. It hampered them down and their 
feet would slip and they grew weary under it ; but 
when Christ came and set before them the new or- 
der of things by Repentance, Faith and Grace, then 
they could straighten up and walk unhampered, as 
represented by the sudden rising of the ceiling to 
twenty-eight feet high. It will be noticed that the 
ceiling of the "Mosaic Hall" is only four feet high, 
while the ceiling of the "Christian Hall" is twenty- 
eight feet high — just seven times the height of the 
"Mosaic Hall." Seven is a peculiar number; it is 
odd and yet it balances when placed in a straight 
line or in a circle. Lay down seven silver dollars in 
a straight line; one will act as center and have three 
on each side of it. Leave the center one lie and pkice 
the other six around it, so that each of the six will 
touch it and also touch each other; then draw a 
pencil mark around all of them while so arranged 
together and you will have a perfect circle, with the 
center of the center dollar as the exact center of the 
circle; and this circle would balance on a needle- 
point if it were placed in the central spot. No other 
number will form a circle and at the same time fill 
up the center. A ci^xle is a complete thing; it has 
neither beginning nor end; it is perfection and goes 
on and on forever. Seven is the law of construction. 
We read about seven in many places in the Bible. 



48 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

Some one has looked at this point and writes it 
out as follows: 

"John to tlie seven churches. Seven candle- 
sticks. The mystery of the seven stars. The Seven 
Spirits of God. On the seventh day God ended His 
work. On the seventh month Noah's ark touched the 
ground. In seven days a dove was sent forth. 
Abraham pleaded seven times for Sodom. Jacob 
served seven years for Rachel and seven years more 
for Leah. Jacob mourned seven days for Joseph. 
Jacob was pursued seven days' journey by Laban. 
An abundant season of seven years and a famine of 
seven years were foretold in Pharaoh's dream by 
seven fat and seven lean beasts, and seven full and 
seven thin ears of com. On the seventh day of the 
seventh month the children of Israel fasted seven 
days, and remained seven days in tents. Every sev- 
enth year tlie land rested. Every seventh year all 
bondmen were set free. Evei\v seventh year the 
law was read to the people. In the destruction of 
Jericho, seven priests bore seven trumi)ets seven 
days; on the seventh day they surrounded the 
wall seven times; at the end of the seventh 
round the wall fell. Solomon was seven years 
building the Temple and fasted seven days at its 
dedication. In the Tabei-nacle wei*e seven lamps, 
and the golden candlestick had seven branches. 
Naaman washed seven times in Jordan. Our Sav- 
ior spoke seven times from the cross, on which He 
hung seven hours, and after His resurrection ap- 
peared on seven different occasions. In the Lord's 
prayer are seven petitions, containing seven times 
seven words.*' — Ex. 

There is a mystical meaning in numbers, and the 
ancients used them in connection with their alpha- 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 49 

bet so that their written words expressed secrets 
accordingly; and this key is now being discovered, 
and it is claimed by those who have studied it that 
the whole Bible is dove-tailed and locked together by 
numbers which reveal the marvelous wisdom of God 
in dealing with hidden points. 

Christ was the complete one, as represented by 
the circle which was compoisied of the seven parts 
heretofore shown, and, therefore, He has neither 
beginning nor end. 

I am the first and the last. I am alive forever more.— 
Rev. 1:17» 18. 

Therefore, it was a most fitting thing to make the 
ceiling of the Christian Hall in the Pyramid seven 
times higher than that of the Mosaic Hall, as the 
JNIosaic Law Dispensation was imperfect and needed 
only a four feet ceiling to represent it. You will 
remember that I have heretofore sJiown that Prof. 
Smyth figured back in astronomy and found that in 
the year 2170 B. C. the seven stars called Pleiades 
were in exact range with this high-ceiling Christian 
Hall, so that if the hall could have been extended 
several million miles into the sky it would have run 
straight into Pleiades. Pleiades is supposed to be 
the center of things generally, for this system at 
least; and our sun and all the planets which we see 
in the sky circle around Pleiades and draw from it 
a good substance of some kind. The Bible gives us 
a hmt that such is the case. The Lord wais teaching 
Job a few lessons to show to him how little Job wa^ ; 
and to press it on Job's mind thoroughly, the Lord 
framed up many questions and put them at the af- 
flicted man, and here is one of them : 

Canst thou bind the siceet influences of Pleiades ?— Job 
38:31. 



50 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

From this we know that the influences from 
Pleiades are sweet (wholesome) and that they are 
powerful so that no man can "hlnd^' them; there- 
fore, the Mosaic and Christian Halls branched off 
from the 4044-iiich General World Hall and started 
upward tow ard Pleiades, so that all who walk in the 
Mosaic and Christian Hall will eventually arrive at 
the center of the ^^siveet influences^' As to this cen- 
ter there is a dispute among men. Some say the 
North Star is the center of all the heavenly planets, 
and that the sun, moon and stars (except six stars 
around the North Star) travel around it and that 
the other six not visible companions of the North 
Star form the real seven combin<ation which is the 
center of things. Many times I have watched the 
movements around the North Star and it does seem 
that every thing goes around it. However this may 
be, we know that I*leiades gives off sweet influences. 
It has some uncommon power residing within it. 
What can it be? The many millions of stars seen 
in the sky may be worlds — some of them being many 
times larger than this earth, so astronomers tell us. 
It 7nay be that each of these worlds is inhabited by 
living beings, working out the purposes of God ac- 
cording to their grade of intelligence and spiritual 
development — each grade occupying a world of its 
own, with the seven worlds all bundled together, 
called Pleiades, acting as the "sweet" center for all. 
All this, mind you, is simply speculation. It would 
not require much shrewd twisting of Christ's words 
to make them mean something of this kind, as He 
says : 

In my Father's bouse are manji mansions.— Jolin 14:2. 

The whole universe is God's house and these mil- 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 61 

lions of star-worlds may be the mansions for all wo 
know, as we know nothing about these sayings of 
Jesus. "Behold, I go toi prepare a place for thee." 

Suppose that God makes His central abode in the 
seven bundled Pleiades (perfected place)? It would 
be easy to understand then why the ''sweet influ- 
ences^^ flow out from Pleiades, and that Job or any 
other man could not check or "hind^^ them. It would 
also be easy to understand why the slant of the Chris- 
tian Hall in the stone Pyramid leads straight into 
Pleiades. In mentioning these things I am not for- 
getting the fact that "Christ in you is the hope of 
glory" and that it is not "Lo oyer here or lo oyer 
there, but that the kingdom of God is within you.'' 
Yes, the spiritual Christ must be in each person and 
then that person is in the kingdom of God, whether 
he be on this earth or elsewhere. The kingdom of 
God is whereyer the man is with Christ in him ; but 
the Father's house with its many mansions are 
worthy of thought, eyen though it may not refer to 
locations. 

At the point where the Mosaic Hall branches off 
from the General World Hall a large stone plug, 179 
inches long is tightly fitted into the Mosaic Hall so 
that the only way to gain entrance to the Mosaic Hall 
is by a passage-way cut through the rock at the side of 
the plug so that one can walk around the obstruc 
tion (plug) and start up the Mosaic Hall. Mr. Rus- 
sell, who has carefully studied the matter, claims 
that God intended that the 179-inch plug length 
should be added onto the length of the hall to make 
it express the correct number of years that elapsed 
from the time the Twelve Tribes of Israel left Egypt 
to the year 36 A. D. He claims that the plug should 
be drawn out its full length, like drawing out a tele- 



52 The Great Mystery rnveiled. 

scope before taking tbe measure of the hall, and 
that the plug should be counted as hall. You will 
naturally wonder why God did not make the Pyra- 
mid a little larger so that the hall could be its full 
length without the plug. This may be easily an- 
swered when you know that the foundation or base 
of the Pyramid had to be just so many feet square 
to express the exact length of time in four years, 
and also to make the diagonal measurements express 
the number of years (25,827) in the precessional 
period — the length of time required for the sun to 
make a circle around Pleiades. At the end of the 
Mosaic Hall and on a level with it and going up 
ward at the same angle, sets in the Christian Hall 
(I name it this for convenience). It is simply an ex- 
tension of the Mosaic Hall, only the Christian Hall 
ceiling is twenty-eight feet high; and the length of 
the hall (measured on the floor line) is represented 
by three sets of figures as follows: 1874 inches from 
north end to a stone step at south end ; then omitting 
the rise of the step by raising the measuring line to 
the top edge of step and going on to end of hall. 

The next measurement is 1881 inches by going 
through the step as though it were not there. 

The next is 1910 inches by commencing at north 
end of hall and going to the step — ^then measuring 
upward to top of step; then, back to south end of 
hall. 

That stone step was put there for a purpose, evi- 
dently, and the measurements to it, over it and 
through it certainly have a meaning; and some have 
ventured an interpretation, but I shall pass the mat- 
ter without comment. It is enough to loiow that 
we have arrived almost to the point where the four 
winds will be let loose as described in Rev. 7:1, 2, 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 53 

3, and that the most dreadful and scorching tril- 
ulation that ever struck this earth will then be upon 
a grasping, proud and foolish people; and it will 
probably mow down two-thirds of the inhabitants of 
the world, while the remaining third will be brought 
through the fires of purification and made pure. 

And it shall come to pass that in all the land, two parts 
therein shall be cut off and die, but the third shall be left. 
And I will bring the third part through the fire and will 
refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold 
is tried. They shall call on my name and I will hear them. 
I will say, It is my people; and they shall say, The Lord 
is our God.— Zeeh. 13:8, 9. 

The choosing and sifting of the Elect Body of 
persons are now going on and the Lord is testing 
them and putting them through what He is pleased 
to call the refiner's fire. 

He is like a refiner's fire. He shall sit as a refiner 
and purifier.— Mai. 3:2, 3. 

All this training seems to be marked in the stone 
Pyramid in a peculiar way. The stone step, hereto- 
fore mentioned, is located near the end of the Chris- 
tian Hall. The traveler comes to the step which is 
three feet high, and after climbing up to its top sur- 
face he finds himself on a level floor, not slanting; a 
few feet further is the end of the hall with a very 
low door-way through which the pilgrim passes into 
a little room called the Ante-Chamber with a granite 
floor. The floor all the way up through the Mosaic 
and Christian Halls is of limestone, but the pilgrim 
havingstood thetestingandself-sacrificeand keptthe 
straight path, the Lord now gives him a granite (fine) 
floor and makes it horizontal without any slant up- 
ward; but before he could reach this foundation for 
his feet he had to bow down very low through the 



54 The Great Mystery rnveiled. 

Refiner's fire to pass through, the low door leading 
from the Christian Hall to the Ante-Chamber; here 
he finds himself with plenty of room and probably 
remains a short time to receive further teaching 
from God. Each of the four walls of this Chamber 
has peculiarities belonging to itself and not found 
in any of the other walls. In some, grooves are cut. 
God has not yet let men into the mysteries carved 
in them. We are just now about to pass out of the 
Christian Hall. We have gone through the fires of 
affliction, trouble and distraction, in order to sweep 
from us our old ways, but we are not yet through. 
We must make further sacrifices. A few more years 
yet and that Ante-Chamber will be understood. 
Having received its lessons, the pilgrim passes ou 
and comes to another low door leading out of it. 
He bows down while passing a short distance 
through it and suddenly find« himself in an elegant 
room, a brief description of which Mr. Henry F. 
Gordon writes as follows: 

"It is a very noble apartment 34 feet long, 17 feet 
broad and 19 feet high; of polished red granite 
throughout; walls, floor and ceiling in blocks squared 
true and joined togetliier with such exquisite skill 
that no autocrat emperor of modern times could 
desire anything more solidly noble and refined. 
The only thing this chamber contains is an empty 
(granite) coffer (stone box) without a lid; and it is 
worthy of notice that this coffer corresponds with 
the sacred Ark of the Mosaic Tabernacle incapacity.'^ 
Thus we see that the pilgrim of God, after climb- 
ing up the steep slanted Mosaic and the Christian 
Halls and stooping very low to pass through the low 
doors leading into the Ante-Chamber and from there 
into this great King's Chamber, finds himself sur- 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 55 

rounded by polished surfaces on all sides^ — below, 
above and at the sides. He has landed, at last, in 
the King's Chamber sure enough. He is dwelling 
in the same ro'om with God, ais the granite box sit- 
ting there indicates. When the Twelve Tribes of 
Israel were oe their forty years journey fTom Egypt 
to Palestine they carried with them the Ark of the 
Covenant, which was a box covered inside and out- 
side with gold. The Lord claimed that He would be 
in the box which was kept in a room made for it. 
No one but Aaron, the High Priest, was allowed to 
go into that room. If any other persons touched the 
box it would kill them. Some ventured! to it, but 
they fell over dead. It was to represent the Lord 
and His dwelling place; and the stone box in the 
King's Chamber tells the weary pilgrim that he has 
at last arrived at the head-quarters of God. This 
great King's Chamber and also the Ante-room are in 
the center of the Pyramid. Ventilating passages 
lead from the outside into these rooms. 

Having traced the halls, from the outside en- 
trance of the Pyramid up to the final end called the 
King's Chamber, let us now go back to an important 
spot which I purposely omitted in tracing them up- 
ward, as I was calling attention to lengths princi- 
pally, in order to show dates and times when this 
dispensation or Age would close and when the Mil- 
lennial Age will set in, as that seems to be the ab- 
sorbing question with the people, although in real- 
ity, the main point is the gaining of the high spir- 
itual condition (on this earth) that will lead us up 
into the King's Chamber and dwell with God (here, 
on earth). ,It is that high spiritual goodness pointed 
out by the Lord's Prayer: 



56 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

Thy kingdom come when Thy will be done in earth as 
it is done in heaven. — Lord's Prayer. 

You must not forget that the kingdom of God is 
within you and that your body is earthy and tJiat 
when the Spirit is working through you and com- 
manding you then the King (Christ) is in earth and 
you aire doing the will or going according to the 
directions of the Spirit, and then His will is being 
done in earth as in heaven. This is the kingdom of 
God in earth. This is why Christ told the apostles 
to say unto the people that the kingdom of God had 
come nigh unto them. The Spirit (God) working 
through the apostles, and they following Its or His 
dictates wa-s the kingdom of God, as the King jiad 
full control,and as an apostle would come near a per- 
son that person was near the workings of the king- 
dom of God. This particular point about the king- 
dom of God, as to where it is and what it is, can not 
be mentioned too often, as the general belief of the 
people on thdis subject is all wrong; and it has done 
untold damage tO' the world in many ways. The 
people imagine that the kingdom of God is located 
away off, and that a person must die before he can 
go to it; and when we tell them that men should be 
so closely in union with God as to hear His voice and 
be directed by Him and talk with Him they think it 
is the rankest kind of insanity; and they are quich 
to say that ''the day of miracles is past," and that 
God eould not and will not speak to any person on 
earth nowadays. They give the "lie" to Christ's 
words at once when He says: 

The kingdom of Ood is iriflihi you.— Luke 17:21. God's 
will be done in earth (not in the sky) as it is done in heaven. 
—Lord's Prayer. Ye are the temple of God.— 2 Cor. 0:10. 
Your bodv is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you. 
—1 Cor. 6:19. 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 57 

It was this mj'stery, about the close relation of 
man to God, which Christ came to teach. God 
(Christ) took on flesh and walked around among 
men and ate and talked with them to show to them 
who and what they were, and that it is possible for 
flesh-men to be in union with and under the direct 
guidance of tlie Supreme King. 

He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he 
do also, and greater works than these shall he do.— John 
14:12. 

The time for the revealing of this mystery of God 
in man is marked in the halls of the Pyramid. The 
Twelve Tribes of Israel had journeyed up the long 
period of over 1,500 years, as represented by the 
Mosaic Hall; and suddenly the ceiling rose to twen- 
ty-eight feet; here the Christ (God in the flesh) 
stepped on earth to reveal to men the Mystery about 
God dwelling in man. 

Even the mystery which hath been hid fi'om ages and 
generations, but now is made manifest to his saints: which 
is Christ (God) in you, the hope of glory— Colossians 1 :26, 27. 

There (where the high ceiling commenced) the 
God-man (Jesus) was born. He dwelt among men 
until He was thirty-three years old, when His fleshly 
career ended; this is marked in the stone floor by a 
hole or rough aperture located just thirty-three 
inches from the point where the Christian Hall (high 
ceiling) begins. It has the appearance of having 
been blasted out, as it is irregular and torn, as 
though the explosion had been powerful. Mr. Rus- 
sell holds that the exploded appearance was made 
there by the builders to represent the resurrection 
of Christ. Nothing could hold Him. Death had no 
power over Him. The bounds of the tomb broke 
away and He came forth with victory. 



58 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

All power in heaven and in earth is given unto me. — 
Matt 28:18. 

This explomon i)oint is called, bj writers of to- 
day, the '^weW^ From it leads, almost straight 
down, another passage through the rock and passes 
far below the founda.tion of the Pyramid and meetb 
the General World, 4044 inch, hall. The New Testa- 
ment (Matt. 12:40) tells us that as Jonah was three 
days and nights in the belly of the fish so was Christ 
three days and nights in the heart of the earth. It 
is also stated that while the fleshly body of Jesus 
was lying in the tomb tho^e three days His spirit 
or real self was away, preaching to the spirits of 
persons who were in prison eyer since the Flood. 
(See 1 Peter 3 :19, 20.) No doubt they were persons 
who refused to heed Xoah's warnings, and, of course, 
the Flood came and swept them todeath; and as they 
had never paid any attention to spiritual things they 
were ignorant of God's spiritual laws and, of course, 
had no knowledge of their way out of their terrible 
predicament. They were in prison sure enough. 
They had wasted their time on this earth in just 
such foolishness as people are now doing and when 
the disaster took them they had no Helper, and Christ 
left His body lie there in the tomb while He deseendcd 
to where these prisoners were and preached to them. 
This passage leading do\NTi from the "exploded" 
aperture (the "well") may represent His journey to 
the prisoners, as they were, evidently, on a lower 
plane of existence than He was and He would be 
represented as going down to them; and the fact 
that this downward passage runs into the descend- 
ing General World Hall shows that He had to go to 
the same leyel of life as those prisoners had occu- 
pied before the Flood took them. This theory about 



The Great Mystery Unveiled, 59 

this downward hall is purely speculation. While 
speaking of these prisoners it seems proper to call 
attention to the fact that God did not put them in 
prison; tliey put themselves there by their own fool- 
ishness. While they were in the fleshy on earth, they 
sought nothing but gratification on the material 
line, such as good things to eat, fine, showy things 
to wear and sexual associations to their heart's con- 
tent and a general wasted life, such as the people 
now are living; and when the flesih bodies were 
taken from them by death they had no education in 
the spiritual line, and their likes and dislikes were 
not in harmony with the spiritual compan^^ over 
there, and there was no attraction to draw them to- 
gether into the company of Love. There was a wide 
gulf between the tw^o claisses and those on the lower 
or beastly plane had no ^'magnet" to draw them 
across that ^^gulf." They were actually imprisoned, 
with no attractions tO' help them out of their low 
plane. They had been there ever since the Flood, 
and Christ went to teach tlM?m. While they 
were on earth they would not hear teaching on spir- 
itual subjects. Noah tried 120 years to reach 
them with a bit of knowledge, but they turned their 
backs to him and said, ^'That old ^krank' is always 
harping about spiritual things and such ^stuff.' He 
is a regular nuisance in the neighborhood. We care 
nothingforhis ^gab.' We are going to have a good (?) 
time.'' 

The ideas the people have about a "good time" 
are a delusion. It is actual insanity. The criminal 
who delights in robbing trains, killing people, be- 
coming intoxicated and rolling in the mud is looked 
upon as being deluded and not knowing what a 



60 The Great Mi/sterj/ Unveiled, 

''good time" is. He looks at it tlirou^li wrong eyes 
and with, a wrong mind, therefore, he is insane; but 
those who condemn him are doing the same thing, 
only on a little different plane. They are running 
afterthings just asworthless and as destructive, and 
yet they say they are having a "good time." Insan- 
ity again. The criminal violates the law and the 
law hangs him. Just so it is on the spiritual lino. 
A person violates and runs across the spiritual laws 
and they cut him in pieces, and he has no power to 
climb out because he is ignorant of spiritual things. 
The person who refuses to go to school and learn 
arithmetic knows nothing of its rules by which 
problems can be solved. He is left to the mercy 
of others to help him out of his troubles. He 
is in prison when he falls into business troubles re- 
quiring arithmetic to help him out. He can not 
handle it; neither can it handle him, as it can not 
come in touch with his mind. God did not put him 
in such a predicament; he put himself there by re- 
fusing to learn the mysterious rules which would 
lift him out. At the time when he should have 
learned them his mind was deluded into the idea of 
having a "good time," never realizing the day of 
trouble just ahead that would i*equire a knowledge 
of arithmetic. The world to-day is in the same de- 
lusion — grabbing after dollars and piling up great 
heaps of property and living for the stomach and 
fleshly gratifications — never realizing the day of 
trouble just ahead that will require a perfect knowl- 
edge of the spiritual laws of faith in God to shield 
them from the plagues and terrible tribulations 
which will sweep over the earth between 1896 to 
1915, after which there will be more "prisoners.'* 
made such by their own acts — just as it was in the 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 61 

days of Noah. The Pyramid seeras to show all this, 
but before passing to that point another hall comes 
in for its share of teaching. It starts at the "well'' 
(exploded aperture) and runs horizontally to the 
center of the Pyramid, where it terminates in a room 
called ths Queen's Chamber. I shall venture no in- 
terpretation on this hall and its room. It has a pur- 
pose, whatever that purpose may be, as it was not 
put there by chance. 

We now come to the General World Hall, which, 
as heretofore mentioned, is 4044 inches long. The 
human family has been coming down that hall ever 
since 2170 B. C. You will remember that^ Prof. 
Smyth, the astronomer, figured it back and found 
that the slant of the hall pointed towards the Dragon 
star at that date; if the hall could have been ex- 
tended millions of miles into the sky it would have 
run straight into the Dragon. The Scriptures al- 
ways refer to dragoii as evil. 

And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the 
key of the bottomless pit, and a great chain in his hand; 
and he laid hold on tlie dragon, that old serpent, which is 
the devil, and Satan, and bonnd him a thousand years, and 
cast him into the bottomless pit.— Rev. 20:1-3. 

Thus we see that this General World Hall was in 
line with the evil named star, and that the people 
would travel down that line towards the "pit," which 
is at the end of the hall and 100 feet below the foun- 
dation of the Pyramid. The "pit" is a room 46x28 
feet cut in the natural rock of the earth. All the 
other room,s heretofore mentioned are in the Pyra- 
mid proper and were built there as the stone were 
laid by the workmen; but this "pit" is down in the 
natural rock 100 feet below the base line of the Pyra- 
mid — showing that the human family would not 



(y 



62 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

stop at the floor line of God's solid house, but would 
go on lower into the earth. ''Earth" and ''earthy" 
are always mentioned as the opposite of spiritual 
things; and indeed history and general observation 
att thi& time show this to be the case. The people 
like the "earthy" things — things of this earth. The 
heavenly things — ^things of the Spirit are not attract- 
ive to the general public. There is no '7"'^" i^^ it 
they say. No gratification of the fleshly wants and 
lusts and appetites. They prefer the "earthy." They 
want to go on down in the earth. Every thing that 
is foolish, absurd and destructive is sought after, 
now, with intc7ise delight. If any of the grand and 
powerful things of the Spirit ar'e mentioned the 
company will scatter as though small-pox had been 
thrown among them. Some will have important 
household duties to look after immediately; others 
will see some very "funny" thing occurring out doors, 
while another will be anxious to know how the mar- 
riage turned out in the love-story. I mention these 
things to show that the world is going in precisely 
the same way that it did in Xoah's time. They 
icotdd not hear or heed. They rushed on to the mad 
dance of death and found themselves in "prison" 
afterwards while Noah and his family escaped the 
disaster by relying on God. They were the Elect 
family at that turn of the dispensations; whereas 
the Elect Body of people, who are to escape the 
plagues and disaster soon to set in, are just now 
being brought together and trained for the terrible 
ordeal. They are those who give up everything and 
turn themselves over to do His will regardless of 
the scoffing of the world. Lot did this and hurried 
out of the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah, and the 
earth opened and, with fiery blasts, swallowed those 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 63 

cities as thiough thiej werei gnats; and thbeir loca- 
tions are marked to this day by salt-en crnsted and 
sulphur lumps lying around their sites. 

The people of Pompeii and Herculaneum were 
living a riotous life and seeking the '^earthy" things 
and they got them, but not as they wished. It was 
more ^^earthy" than was pleasant. The great fiery 
volcano bursted out and spewed the bowels of the 
earth up into the air to fall down in a red-hot melted 
condition and cover up and bury those cities. The 
workmen who are now digging down to the ancient 
foundations find loaves of bread in the ovens. They 
were baking when the disaster struck the cities in 
the year 74 A. D. The people then were at their 
daily work — never even dreaming of the terrible up- 
heaval that was going on in the earth to burst out 
and cover them. 

While these two cities have no bearing on the 
Pyramid subject now being treated, except to shovv' 
the desperate and downward course of the people 
into ungodliness and the fearful end to which they 
come, as marked by the slant of the General World 
Hall with its "pit" at the lower end, 100 feet below 
the surface of earth, I think I will be excused and 
justified for digressing from the main subject a 
moment to set out a brief history of the terrible ca- 
lamity which struck these cities, so that your mind 
can better realize what the prophecies are talking 
about when they say that the Lord will come forth 
out of His holy habitation to shake terribly the 
earth — Isa. 2:12, 19; and that those who are proud 
and haughty will be brought Imv; and the unearth- 
ing of those two cities (Pompeii and Herculaneum) 
shows the miserable condition into which the people 
were plunged unaware. The description of the 



64 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

findings now being uncovered is written by Mr. H. 
B. Brumbaugh, of Pennsylvania, U. S., who visited 
the ruins a few months ago and writes from there 
under date of Sept. 24, 1895, and the Gospel Messen- 
ger publishes the letter as follows: 

We are now at Naples, known the world over for her 
volcano and buried cities Pompeii and Herculaneum. Tlie 
buried cities, however, are sights of no ordinary character, 
and no one should miss seeing Pompeii wlien passing 
through Naples. The founding of the city dates away back 
some four or five hundred years before Christ. About the 
year 72 A. D. it was partly destroyed by an earthquake, but 
was rebuilt, and two years afterwards it was covered over 
or buried in ashes from an eruption of Vesuvius, some 
twenty feet deep, when over twenty thousand of the in- 
habitants were destroyed. For centuries the dead slept in 
their unknown tombs, but gradually discoveries of the 
buried city were made. Excavations were made, but not 
to any considerable extent imtil A. D. 1872. Since then, 
the work has been pushed forward more rapidly until the 
greater part of the city is now uncovercnl. As we entered 
this resm-rected city, we experienced feelings that were 
peculiar and sad. We imagined a city of fifty thousand or 
more, all astir at their callings. The chariots, with spirited 
horses in silver-embellished harness, seemed rushing through 
the streets; the merchants busy selling their wares; the 
shopmen attending to their trade; the barber plying the 
razor and the scissors; the soap manufacturer busy pre- 
paring his material; the baker just put his bread in the 
oven; the lady of leisure at her toilet, and the promenaders, 
in full divss, on the street. All at once the thunderings of 
Vesuvius are heard, the heavens are darkened, and the hot 
ashes, in stifling thickness, descend upon the now terror- 
stricken inhabitants. In a few moments the King of 
Terrors waved over the fated city his sword of power, and 
all was quite. A deep sleep had fallen upon the inhab- 
itants, and the living, active, pleasm'e-loving city of a few 
moments before is now the dead and Imried city of Pompeii. 
Such seems to have been the ending of this city, as we 
would infer from the evidences found in the excavations 
made. In the museum are seen casts of the bodies of men 
and beasts, just as they were when death so suddenly met 
them. As tiiey were thus buried, the moisture from the 
bodies dampened the aslies by which they were surrounded. 
As it then dried, it hardened, thus forming a perfect mould 



The Great Mystery Uyiveiled. 66 

of the body it encased. Through time, the bodies mouldered 
into dust, and the moulds that surrounded them were left 
almost empty. When the excavations were made, these 
moulds of dead bodies were found, and the thought of get- 
ting casts of them was at once suggested. When one was 
found, the presence of which was plainly indicated by the 
hollow sound as heard by the excavator, it was approached 
carefully and an opening made into the mould. The little 
dust left in it was removed and the mould poured full of 
plaster of Paris, which soon hardened, and a complete re- 
production of the decayed bodies was had. To see these, 
and carefully examine the different positions in which death 
found them, is an interesting study. Some of the bodies 
were lying face upward, some on their side, and others 
face downward. In some of the faces are seen the expres^ 
sion of the agonies of death; while in others, the i)eaceful- 
ness of sleep. 

Among the casts to which we gave special notice, was 
that of a medium-sized dog, lying on his back, — legs pushed 
upward and drawn together, with neck stretched out and 
head turned or twisted downward, depicting the most pain- 
ful agonies of death. 

Looking at the costly and richly embellished halls, pal- 
aces, theatres, and residences, with the extensive provisions 
made for pleasm-e and enjoyment, in connection with the 
suddenness in which death came to the inhabitants, and we 
cannot help being impressed with the terrible scene, as it 
looms up before us, and we were made to think of what 
Paul says: "For when they shall say. Peace and safety, 
then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon 
a woman with child; and they shall not escape."— Brufn- 
baugh's lette}^ in Messenger. 

Just so it is with, the people of to-day. They talk 
arbitration and hold peace conferences when there 
is no peace and cannot be, with the people in their 
present rebellious attitude against God and His New 
Age, whicli He is pressing onto tlie earth rapidly 
and the people are up in arms against Him and the 
commotion is terrible all over the world. Society is 
falling to pieces; governments are trembling and 
wabbling like a ship in a storm, trying to keep above 
the dashing waves. Churches, long ago, run off 
the traek and "took to the woods'' and are maraud- 



C)6 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

ing around with the remainder of the world, without 
any spirituality or even sound morality. They know 
not God. Organizations of every conceivable kind 
are being formed and will be "in line" to perform 
their part in the mad dance. And while things on 
earth are being shaped for the fell sweep the ele- 
ments of the atmosphere are changing, so that frosts 
steal in on us during the hot days of summer, and 
Hoods and drouths walk hand in hand, with scarcely 
a line between them, so that one farm will burn up 
for want of moisture while the one joining it will 
drown to death. The whole heavens are rumbling 
with trouble that will shake to pieces the kingdoms 
of this world and sweep them into the "pit" — never 
again to rise, as the dark room under the Pyramid 
clearly indicates. Starting in at the upper end of 
the hall, at the finely ruled line near the -door, on 
north side of the l\vramid, they came downward G2S 
years (inches); then Abraham, Father of the Twelve 
Tribes of Israel, withdrew from the other nations 
and turned off and upward into another hall, which, 
for convenience, I have named jfosaic Hall. He 
and his descendants through Jacob went upward 
through that hall, learning the ways of God, 1,500 
years or more, while the general world kept straight 
on downward 3,002 years (inches) further until the 
hall suddenly ceases to slant by running horizon- 
tally (on a level) 324 inches (years), and then comes 
the "pit" (dark room cut in natural rock). 

The point where the hall ceased slanting down- 
ward is 1,550 inches (years) past the birth of Christ ; 
hence it should read 1550 A. D. Here something 
took place that put a stop to the downward course 
of the people, spiritually. They did not run upward 
into light, but they simply kept on alevel — ^not falling 



TJie Great Mystery Unveiled. 67 

into any further darkness. They had been, during 
the previous 1,400 years, falling into darkness m,ore 
and more, but now, at this point, they ceased to go 
lower. None but the close students of history have 
any knowledge of the terrible and dreadful dark- 
ness of the people from about 300 years after Christ's 
ascension to 1800 A. D. It was too terrible to de- 
scribe. All writers noio refer to that period as the 
Barh Age. The teachings of Christ had been almost 
exterminated, root and branch; there was just a 
mere speck left and that even had to be kept cov- 
ered and hidden away from the great beast that 
roamed over the earth 1,260 years, devouring every 
thing. The history of that thing almost stops a per- 
son's heart from beating and takes the breath. Its 
career was one of general terror, confiscation and 
murder. Its path, from beginning to end, was 
strewn with blood and tears. It is beyond the power 
of the human mind to understand why God permitted 
such a terrible hyena to spring out upon the people 
and devour them and destroy the seeds of goodness 
which Christ had sown. But I am not finding fault 
with God, mind you, as His way is perfect, but our 
human understanding does not grasp His reasons 
for permitting ceirtain things which we, as human 
beings, would dash to pieces instantly; but God is 
both patient and merciful. He fully understood, of 
course, that such a thing as this hyena tvould be, as 
He inspired His prophets, hundreds of years before, 
and also His apostles, to write its history hundreds 
of years before the least appeared. It came walk- 
ing in on time, as set by them, and it commenced its 
bloody career by drawing its razor across the throat 
of the world and sitting down on it and holding pos- 
session the dreadfully long period of 1,260 years. It 



68 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

was like an eclipse on the sun during all that time. 
It shut off the light and the people fell into the black- 
ness of night and stampeded and devoured each 
other in the mo>st horrifying manner. All the books 
now in the world could not contain a complete his- 
tory of the devastating deeds and horrors pro- 
duced by this beast. It was a monster. God's proph- 
ets, who were on earth many hundred years before 
the beast came, wrote out a brief description of 
what it would be, as follows: 

I saw in the vision a foui-tb beast, dreadful and terribla 
and strong exceedingly. It had gi-eat iron teeth and de- 
voured and brake in pieces and stamped the residue. It had 
ten horns. There came up among the ten horns another 
little horn; it had eyes like the eyes of man and a mouth 
speaking gi'eat things; and it made war with the saints 
(Christ's followers) and it prevailed against them. 

He shall speak great words against the Most High and 
change times and laws and wear out the Saints of the Most 
High and they shall be given over into his (the beast's) hand 
until a time and times and the dividing of time (1260 years*. 
—Daniel 7. 

The little horn that sprang up and became a mon- 
ster is the beast to which I draw attention especially, 
as it grew and spread over the world and spoke 
great things; and you will notice that the prophet 
said that it would make war with the saints and 
overcome them and iccar them out and change times 
and law^s to suit its own purposes. 

It cast down the Truth to the ground and it (the beast) 
practiced and prospered and magnified itself even greater 
than the Prince (Christ) and it (the beast) waxed great- 
Daniel 8. 

The beasli finally proclaimed itself gi'^iiter than 
Christ and cast His teachings down to the ground 
and prospered greatly. Much more is said in the 
prophecies about this great beast, but I pass on to a 
time several hundred years later and note what the 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 69 

apostles saw concerning this beast that would arise 

after they (the apostles) would leave the earth. 

Saint John the revelator in his vision describes 

it as follows: 

I saw a beast rise up having seven heads and ten horns 
and upon his heads the name of BLASPHEMY. And the 
dragon (de^-^il) gave the beast Ms power and Ms seat and 
great authority; and all the icorld wondered after the beast; 
and they worshiped the dragon (devil) which gave power 
unto the beast; and they worshiped the beast, and said, 
Who is like the beast? Who is able to war with him? 
And there was given to the beast a mouth speaking great 
things and blasphemies. And he opened his mouth in 
blasphemy against God to blaspheme His name and His 
tabei-nacle. And it was given unto the beast to make war 
with the saints and overcome tliem. And power was given 
the beast over all nations.— Rev. 13. 

Notice that the Scripture positively points out 
that the beast was a tool or agent of the dragon 
(devil) and that the dragon gave up his own seat to 
the beast and turned over his power to the beast and 
that it (the beast) ruled over all nations, and be- 
came so great that people declared that nothing 
could war with it. It had every body completely 
under it, so that if any thing came up against the 
beast the whole world had to come to its help and 
slay the opposition. The beast boycotted and mur- 
dered every body who refused to stand up for it. If 
a merchant or any kind of a business man was a lit- 
tle weak about standing up for the beast, orders 
went out to boycott him, so that no one' dare buy 
any thing from him or sell to him unless he would 
come into the ranks and agree with the beast. 

And he (the beast) caused all, both small and great, rich 
and poor, free and slave, to receive a mark (the cross) in 
their right hand or in their forehead, so that no man might 
buy or seU unless he had the mark or the name of the 
beast or the number of his name, for his number is the 
number of a man; and his number is 666.— Rev. 13. 



70 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

Now you will say that if we could only under- 
stand the above description of the beast and his 
number (606) we could tind him on the earth some- 
where and could then see who he is and what he 
looks like. Well, by a queer circumstance, I am 
pleased to be able to lay before you some part 
of the mystery and exhibit a photograph of the man 
himself, as the abore scripture tells us that it is a 
ma7i, and tliat his niwiher is 666. This chapter was 
written, and this beast was thoroughly discussed 
and shown and the manuscript laid away, ready for 
the printer, when, suddenly and unexpectedly, a 
California paper came floating along through the 
mail to me, and, on examining its columns, I found 
an article discussing this identical beast and figur- 
ing out his number (666) and showing a picture of lis 
head man, the poi>e. The ai'ticle had been copied 
from The American^ published at San Diego, Cali- 
fornia, from which (by permission) I copy it in full 
although it is not entirely correct as I view it, as the 
scriptures seem to say there is a beast and an image 
and a number, etc. But this article brings forth a 
clew which leads to a starting point, from which the 
mystery may be unraveled. It is proper to state here 
that in ancient time the letters of their alphabet 
had a certain value in figures. That is, each letter 
represented a certain number, so that when certain 
letters were put together to spell a name, the num- 
ber of that name would depend on what letters were 
used in it 

666. 

THE NUMBER OE THE BEAST IS THAT OF A MAN. 

Fdifor of The Anicncan: 

The Bible, with its wonderful store of information, is 
every day being more thoroughly understood and nppreci- 



TJie Great Mystery UnveUed. 71 

ated by the thoughtfid students of God's Word; and pass- 
ages which even a few years ago men's minds were unable 
fully to comprehend, are now easily unravelled, and their 
true meaning clearly conveyed to the inquiring mind search- 
ing for the truth. Rome, therefore, will not, nor never did, 
allow her followers to read the Word of God, fearing they 
might become enlightened and she would rather bring them 
up in total ignorance than permit them to read the gospel. 
Now let us refer to Rev. 13:18 and see what it means. 
The words are: "Here is wisdom. Let him that hath 
understanding count the number of the beast; for it is the 
number of a man, and his number is 666." This appears at 




A ROMAN CATHOIvIC POPE. 

first sight to be a difficult verse to decipher; and while the 
Romish priests have asserted that it referred to the Moham- 
medan chm'ch, Protestant theologians have thought differ- 
ently, but now we can produce proof positive that it refers 
to the pope of Rome and his church. You ask for the proof; 
well, you shall have it. 

Take a look at the engraving of a pope with his pontif- 
ical mitre or crown and the inscription upon It in letters 
of gold, just as he wears it and as his predecessors have 
worn it for centm'ies in the dark past. Notice the words 
upon the pope's mitre: "Vicarius Filii Dei," the English of 



72 The Gi'eat Mystery Vriveiled, 

which i^ "A SUBSTITUTE FOR THE SON OF GOD." 
Now this Latin inscription in Latin letters has another sig 
nification, which at first sight is likely to be overlooked. For 
instance, many Latin lettei's were used as numerals as well 
as letters. To illustrate this fact just take out your watch 
and you will find on its face the Latin letter "I" for one, 
two "II's" stand for 2. "V" or "U" are used indiscriminately 
and either one stands for 5. "X" stands for 10. All the 
hour marks on your watch or clock are Roman or Latin 
letters which also denote the number of the hour, yet there 
are many lettei's in the Latin alphabet which have no 
elgnificance at all as numerals. 

The quotation from Revelation says "the number of the 
beast which is the number of a man is 6GG." Now let us see 
if the Word of God does not point out to us the beast and 
clearly i>i'ove the pope of Rome to be the 666, from the 
vei*y words inscribed on his crown, "Vicarlus Filii Dei." 
the Roman numerals i*eading as follows: 



V 


means 


5 


F 


means 





D 


means 


500 


I 


« 


1 


I 


(( 


1 


E 


« 





c 


K 


100 


L 


« 


50 


I 


<( 


1 


A 


" 





I 


<< 


1 








R 


<( 





I 


" 


1 






601 


I 
U 


(( 


1 

5 






53 








s 


" 


















112 
Tlie numerals inVicarius are 112 
The numerals in Filii are 53 

The numerals in Dei are 501 

600 
The letters A R F S E and many others of the Latin 
alphabet do not represent any number and never did. 

By adding those together we find the number 666, the 
exact number which God has declared to be the "number of 
the beast which is the number of a man," making it con- 
clusively evident that the pope and the papacy are the 
beast referred to. Such being the case, is it not astonishing 
how little om* miuistei^s of the gospel have to say upon the 
subject? Why do not they preach oix^nly against this 
great arch-enemy of Christianity, of progress, and of civil- 
ization? Can it be because they fear to suffer, as Peter 
feared when he denied oiu" Lord? If so, let them act with 
more com-ago in the future, as Peter did. 

There are some Pauls among us still who dare to preach. 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 73 

openly and boldly, without fear or favor, the whole truth 
of God's Word. How much better for the world would it be 
if there were more of them. Chaplain. 

Haying shown Ms number and photograph, let 

us look for his mark, which prophecy says he will 

have. I quote from the same paper {The Americafi) 

on this point. 

THE MARK. 



THE SIGN OF THE CROSS MADE WITH ASHES. 



Placed on All Good Catholics on Ash Wednesday— More 
of the Roman Beast. 



Editor American: 

That the pope and the Roman hierarchy represent the 
beast refen-ed to in the last verse of the 13th chapter of 
Revelation, has been proven; let us show another of the 
many existing proofs to the same effect. 

Read Rev. 13:16 and you will find these words in re- 
ference to the popish power (the beast): "And he causeth 
all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to 
receive the mark in theu' right hand or in their foreheads." 
Let us see how this applies to the Roman hierarchy. What 
is this mark in their right hands or in their foreheads which 
the followers of the beast are said to receive? WeU, it is 
simply as scripture states, "a mai'k" which is made by the 
priests of Rome upon the foreheads of all the followers of 
the pope, "small and great, rich and poor," every Ash 
Wednesday, which isthe first day of Lent, and is called by 
the priests caput jejunii. 

Now let us guote from the American Encyclopedia, Vol. 
11. Under the heading "Ash Wednesday" it says: "In the 
Roman Catholic Church on this day the' priest makes the 
sign of the cross with ashes on the foreheads of the people, 
repeating the words, Memento homo quod pn^lvis es, et in 
pulverem reverterisr This is the mark of the beast and is 
practiced over the whole world where Roman Catholics are 
to be found. 

In Ireland, Italy, French Canada, Mexico, Newfound- 
land and other countries, where the masses of the people 
are Catholics and intensely ignorant, this "mark upon their 
foreheads is daubed on so as to be seen many yards dis- 



74 The Great Mystery Unveiled, 

tant upon the public streets and none would think of re- 
moving it for fear of committing what they call a mortal 
sin. Nature and time alone are allowed to efface it, soap 
and water never. But here in enlightened America, where 
education and Protestantism prevail, these "holy ashes," as 
they call them, are laid on with a lighter hand by the Romish 
clergy. The writer knows of a case where a refined young 
Catholic lady, a native daughter, had to devote several dol- 
lars to a saint before she could induce the "holy father" to 
make the smutmark on her forehead as light as possible. 
This smutmark is "the mark of the beast," and that beast 
is the papacy. Chaplain. 

Let us now examine another peculiar feature 
which the beast was to have. He w^as to have a pe- 
culiar or unusual mouth which would speak great, 
things and blaspheme against God by appropriating 
to himself (the beast) the things belonging to God; 
that is, the beast would call himself God and the 
Most High and the Supreme Ruler and Holy Father 
and other great names and powers which belong to 
none other than God. 

And there was given unto him (the beast) a mouth, 
speaking great tilings. And he shall speak great words 
against the Most High and blaspheme God's name.— Rev. 
13:5, 6. Daniel 7:8-25. 

Now turn to all of the histories and other books 
of church, written by Roman Catholics, and your 
hair will almost stand up and bristle as you read the 
high swelling titles and names which they give to 
the pope of Rome. They call him '^Christ hy T/ic- 
tion^'; ^'Holy Father'^' ^'Physicia?i of Souls'^' "J./)08- 
toUc Lord^^; "Prince of the Z'niverse^^; "Priest and 
King''; "Head of All the Holy Pri<'sts of God''; "Key 
Bearer of the Kingdom of Hearen'' and many other 
high names which apply to none but God, yet this 
beaist takes them unto himself. And the high offi- 
cers of the Cathodio church, when writing of the 



Tlie Great Mystery Unveiled. 75 

pope, declare that the pope has '^poicer to shut heaven 
and send the guilty to helV'; and that "he can judge 
all personSy hut can not he judged hy ayiy^^ ; and tha/t 
"he is only a little lower than an angels 

*'He is oroioned so that the faithftiJ may hiss Ms feet." 
''Thou art he to whom the keys of heaven are given." ''Canst 
thou not shut up heaven?" "The pope is of such dignity and 
highness th<it he is not simply a man, hut God, and is crowned 
as king of heaven, of earth and of hell." 

If the Catholic writers who wrote all of the above 
high-sounding titles would have stopped at the last 
one, which says "the pope is king of hell," they would 
have been in better line, as the Bible tells us that the 
devil got up out of his seat and told the pope 
("beast") to sit down in it and commence to rule in 
the deviPs place. 

And I saw a beast of seven heads (seven hills of Rome); 
and the dragon gave him his seat and his power and great 
authority.— Rev. 13:1, 2. 

As further evidence that the Roman Catholic 
church with, its popes is the great beast having a 
blasphemous mouth speaking great swelling words 
and blasphemy against the Most High, just as St. 
John's book of Revelation declares it would, I now 
introduce some of the popes' writings from time to 
time, declaring themselves God, Christ, All im All 
and Ahove AZ? and many other terrible and astound- 
ing blasphemies. They almost make one's heart 
flutter while reading them. Now hear their printed 
utterances copied from histories and other books 
and set forth by the English author H. G. Guinness. 
Think as you read and you will see how true St. 
John's visions were. 

A ROMAN CATHOLIC POPE'S DECREE. 

Wherefore, seeing such power is given to Peter, and to 
me in Peter, being his successor, who is he then in all the 



76 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

world that ought not to be subject to my decree, which have 
such power in heaven, in helT, in earth, with the quick and 
also the dead ? By the jurisdiction of which key the fullness 
of my power is so great that, whereais all others are subjects 
—yea, and emperors themselves ought to subdue tlieir ex- 
ecutions to me — only I am subject to no creature, no, not 
to myself; so my Papal majesty ever remaineth undimin- 
ished; superior to all men, whom all persons ought to obey 
and follow, whom no man must judge or accuse of any 
crime, no man depose but I myself. No man can excom- 
municate me, yea, though I commune with the excom- 
municated; for no man bindeth me: whom no man must lie 
to, for he that lieth to me is a heretic, and an excommuni- 
cated person. Thus, then, it appeareth that the greatness 
of priesthood began in . Melchisedec, was solemnized in 
Aaron, perfectionated in Ctirist, represented in Peter, 
exalted in the universal jurisdiction and manifested in the 
Pope. So that through this pre-eminence of my priesthood 
having all things subject to me, it may seem well verified 
in me, that was spoken of Christ, Thou hast subdued all 
things imder his feet. 

And likewise, it is to be presumed that the bishop of that 
church is always good and holy. Yea, though he fall into 
homicide or adultery, he may sin, but yet he cannot be ac- 
cused, but rather excused by the murders of Samson, the 
thefts of the Hebrews, etc. All the earth is my diocese, and 
I have the authority of the King of all kings upon subjects. 
I am all in all, and above all, so that God himself, and I, 
the vicar of God, have both one consistory, and I am able 
to do almost all that God can do. In all things that I list 
my will is to stand for reason, for I am able by the law to 
dispense above the law, and of wrong to make justice in 
correcting laws and changing them. Wherefore, if those 
things that I do be said not to be done of man, but of God— 
What can you make me but G(xi? Again, if prelates of the 
church be called and coimted of Constantino for God, I then, 
being above all prelates, st^m by this reason to be above 
all Gods. Wherefore, no marvel if it be in my power to 
change time, to alter and abrogate laws, to dispense with 
all things, yea, with the precepts of Christ: (Yes, the Roman 
Church sets aside Chnsfs teaching) for where Christ biddeth 
Peter put up his sword, and admonishes His disciples not to 
use any outward force in revenging themselves, do not I, 
Pope Nicholas writing to the bishops of France, exhort them 
to draw out their material swoids? * * * And, whereas 
Chi'ist was present himself at the marriage in Cana of 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. Y7 

Galilee, do not I, Pope Martin, in my distinction, inhibit the 
spiritual clergy to be present at marriage-f^^ts, and also 
to marry? Moreover, where Christ biddeth us lend without 
hope of gain, do not I, Pope Martin, give dispensation for 
the same? What should I speak of murder, making it to 
be no murder or homicide to slay them that be excommuni- 
cated? Likewise, against the law of nature, item against 
the apostles, I can and do dispense; for where they com- 
mand a priest for fornication to be deposed, I, through the 
authority of Sylvester, do alter the rigor of that constitution, 
considering the minds and bodies also of men now to be 
weaker than they were then. If ye list briefly to hear the 
whole number of all such cases as properly dO' appertain to 
my Papal dispensation, which come to the number of one- 
and-fifty points, that no man may meddle with but only 
I myself alone, I wiU recite them. . (Here follows the list.) 
After that I have now suflaciently declared my power in 
earth, in heaven, in purgatory, how great it is, and what 
is the fulness thereof in binding, loosing, commanding, pei'- 
mitting, electing, confirming, dispensing, doing and imdoing, 
etc. I will speak now a little of my riches and of my great 
possessions, that every man may see my wealth and 
abundance of all things— rents, tithes, tributes; my silks, my 
purple mitres, crowns, gold, silver, pearls and gems, lands 
and lordships. 

These are exactly the things which St. John says 
the seven-headed beast (the Roman church) would 
have. 

Alas, that great city (Rome and the pope) that was 
clothed in fine linen, purple and scarlet and decked with 
gold, precious stones and pearls. — Rev. 18:16. And the 
woman (pope and his church) was arrayed in purple and 
scarlet color and decked. with gold and precious stones and 
pearls, having a golden cup in her hand, full of abomina- 
tions.— Rev. 17:4. 

The golden cup, mentioned above, is probably 
the golden cup now used by the Roman Catholic 
Driests at their Mass, when the cup is filled with wine 
and the priest holds it up in front of a gold image 
and claims that the wine is transformed into pure 
blood of Christ. The priest then drinks it for the 
congregation and they claim that it is a new sacri- 



78 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

fice each time it is done; whereas, the New Testa- 
ment tells us that Christ's death was a continual sac- 
rifice forever. This is why the Catholic golden cup 
is full of abominations, because it claims to hold a 
new lot of actual blood and a new sacrifice manu- 
factured by the priest, who claims that the wine is 
changed into blood in a mysterious w^ay by his touch, 
etc. This is why Rev. 17:5 says the woman (pope 
and his church) had '^MYSTERY" and "ABOMINA- 
TIONS" written in her forehead, which means in her 
mind or thoughts. 

Now^ let us go on with the remainder of the pope's 
decree of blasphemy, w^herein he claims to be God, 
etc. I had to break into the middle of it with this 
explanation to show how clearly St. John described 
the monster beast with seven heads and its robes of 
purple, scarlet, silk, decked with precious stones, 
etc., which the pope, in his writings boasts of hav- 
ing, but never even suspicioning that he is the iden- 
tical creature deiscribed by St. John in his book 
of Revelation, wherein John says the beast would 
have a peculiar mouth, speaking great swelling 
words of blasphemy and wearing purple, scarlet, 
silk, diamonds, pearls, precious, stones, etc., and 
having "MYSTERY" in his forehead (mind) about 
that wine turning to blood as a 7ieic sacrifice to tako 
the place of Christ, Who is our constant sacrfice for- 
ever and at all times. Now let the pope go on with 
his peculiar mouth and great swelling words issued 
by him as a message to the world as follows: 

For to me pertaineth first the imperial city of Rome. 
My daily revenues, my fii-st fniit^;. indiilfirences. confes- 
sionals, testaments, dispensations, privilesres. elections, rc^ 
lidoiis houses, and snch like, which come to no small mass 
of money. The whole world is my diocese, and all men 
are bonnd to believe. Wherefore, as I beiran. so I conclude. 



The Ch^eat Mystery Unveiled. 79 

commanding, declaring, and pronouncing, to stand upon 
necessity of salvation, for eilery human creature to be subject 
to me. 

According to tlie above decree no one can, have 

even a show of salvation except through the pope 

at Kome. Here is where he is using that peculiar 

mouth and swelling words to blaspheme against the 

Most High, just as St. John declared the beast oi* 

harlot would do. 

And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great 
things and blasphemies; and power to continue forty-two 
months.— Rev. 13:5. 

Thus we see that he was to have control of the 

earth 42 months. 42 months at 30 days to each 

month would make 1260 days. That is, this beast 

(Roman church) was to come on and run out and 

smother the true church of Christ, which is .called 

(in this case) a woman, because Christ's true church 

is His bride. This bride of Christ (His church) was 

to suffer violence from this beast (Roman church) so 

that she (the Christ bride) would have to run away 

and hide 1260 days (years). 

And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath 
a place prepared for her by God, that they should feed her 
there 1260 days.— Rev. 12:6. 

In my No. 3 book, called OUR NEAR FUTURE, 
I have shown that 1260 is the same thing as "a timCy 
times and half a time,^' as mentioned by the prophet 
Daniel, who also describes how this beast would 
come on and scatter and break down the Christly 
church "a time^ times and half a time,'^ which means 
1260 years. 

He sware by Him that liveth that it shall be for a time, 
times and naif a time. And when he (the beast, Roman 
church) shall have accomplished to scatter The power of the 
holy people ^Christ's church) all these things shall be fin- 
ished.— Daniel 12:7. 



80 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

In the No. 3 book, whioli t!'^its on o^er and dif- 
ferent branches of Bible subjects, it is shown how 
it is that the Bible calls 360 years a "^ime,"so that 
one "time" is 360, and two more ^'times" are 720, and 
a half a "time" is half of 360, which is 180. Now add 
these together, 360, 720, 180=1260 years, which is 
exactly the same as 42 months of 30 days each, 
which makes 1260 days. Raise each day to a year 
as the prophet Ezekiel declares. 

I have laid upon thee the years of theu* iniquity, accord- 
ing to the number of the days. I have appointed thee 
each day for a year.— -Ezek. 4:5, 6. 

Therefore, the 42 months of 30 days each (mak- 
ing 1260 days) are to mean 1260 years, as each day is 
to be a year. Therefore, when St. John, in his 
great revelation, declared that the seven-headed 
beast (meaning the city of Rome on seven hills and 
the Catholic popes therein) was to continue in power 
42 months he meant 1260 years, as the above figures 
show that 42 months are 1260 days; and the prophet 
Ezekiel oomes in and instructs us that each day 
means a year. And we have the further evidence 
(calculated and explained in the No. 3 book on an- 
other subject) that a "f J7«f," as mentioned in the Bi- 
ble, means 360. Sometimes it is 360 days, while at 
other times {on other cases) it is 360 years. And St. 
John says that the "woman" (meaning Chrisl's 
church or bride) had to run out in the wilderness 
and hide away from the monstrous seven-headed 
beast (Roman church) "a time, times and half a timc.'^ 
This makes one ^'time'^ — two more "times'^ and a half 
of one ''time,'' which, added together, makes three 
and a half "times''; and if 360 is a "frmf," multiply it 
(360) by three and one-half and it will make 1260. 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 81 

And the woman (Christ's chiu'ch or bride) fled into the 
wilderness, where she had a place prepared for her by 
God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred 
and sixty days.— Rev. 12:6. 

And as each day means a year, she was to be 
hid away and smothered out by the (Roman beast) 
1260 years, during all of which time the beast was 
to cut and slash and behead the true followers of 
Christ, called saints. 

And it was given unto him (the Roman beast) to make 
war with the saints (ti-ue followers of Christ) and to over- 
come them. And power was given him over all kindreds 
and tongues and nations; and all that dwell upon the eaith 
shall worship him (the Roman beast).— Rev. 13:7, 8. 

I have, in previous pages, shown that the dragon 
(devil) arose from his seat and gave it over tO' this 
beast and told it to run things as he (the devil) would 
run them; and history shows that this Roman beast 
carried out the devil's instructions to the very let- 
ter. This is why it murdered and tortured the fol- 
owers of Christ and made war with them and over- 
came them, just as St. John says it would do. It 
takes the seat of Christ and pretends to hand out 
salvation and forgiveness of sins, and creates a new 
sacrifice of its own by using that golden cup full of 
'^ahominations.'' That is, filling the cup with wine 
and pretending, by some mysterious hocus-pocus, to 
change the wine into actual blood and drinking it as 
a netv sacrifice and! setting aside Christ's sacrifice, 
which was to last forever. St. John gives a careful 
outline as to what will befall this Roman beast ; and 
the time is drawing near for it and all its young 
ones to meet their fate. The Protestant churches 
(all of them) are slivers split off from the Roman 
beast and they had to come onto earth to hold the 
world from going headlong into the "pit," as the 



82 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

Roman beast was pushing things down that GEN- 
ERAL WORLD HALL, set out in the Pryamid, aa 
pictured in this book. By turning to the picture 
you will see that the hall ceases to slant at a point 
1550 inches this side of the Birth of Christ Point. 
And if each inch in the hall represents a year, the 
meaning of it is that 1550 years after the birth of 
Christ the world would turn or cease to go on down 
into further darkness. Right there, at that turn in 
the hall (1550 years after Christ's birth), is where 
the present Protestant churches stepped on the earth 
to hold the world from going on down. The Roman 
beast lost its gi'ip on the people at that point, as I 
have heretofore shown, and Protestantism sprang 
up and began to make inroads through the Catholic 
world. By this we see, as before stated, that the 
present Protestant church system is only about 350 
years old. They imagine that they have been in 
existence ever since the time of the apostles and 
that they are simply the continuation of the Apos- 
tolic church, but it is all imagination ^ith them. 
They are, as I have stated, simply the chips which 
flew off from the old Roman beast, commonly call- 
ed the Roman Catholic church; and this is why 
she is called the Mother of Harlots; and these 
Protestant churches are the young harlots. This 
is why they are called Protestant. They split 
off and protested against some of the ways of the 
Roman church. They were Protestants. And 
this protesting commenced about 1550 A. D. — right 
W'here the turn in the Pyramid hall is shown. Tho 
present churches are no more like the Chi'istly 
church of the apostles than a cocoanut shell is like 
a cocoanut. The shell looks like a cocoanut, but the 
meat is lacking and it w ill deceive you if you ai'e not 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 88 

on the look-out; and this is why I am showing: up 
church history so that people will no longer be de- 
ceived by them. They know nothing at all about 
spiritual things. If you talk to them about spirit- 
ual powier, such) as healing the sick and getting rev- 
elations from Grod, they become fighting mad and 
call you bad names and want to jail you or kill you. 
They never lose an opportunity to strike at any- 
thing spiritual. I have on my desk, at this writing, 
a church paper which has a large circulation, and it 
strikes against spiritual healing and all other kinds 
of spiritual things. Yet it is the regular authorized 
church paper and the only one belonging to the en- 
tire denomination in the United States; and all the 
writers for it claim that their denomination is the 
only real genuine Apostolic church. They claim it 
continually and boldly, and yet they fight with a ven- 
gence against all of the valuable doctrine of Jesus, 
Whose whole gospel is powerfully spiritual and 
teaches that we must come into actual communica- 
tion with God and get revelations and visions from 
Him and let Him be our King in every little detail ; 
and that we must lay hands on the sick and heal 
them, and raise the dead and remove mountains 
and subdue all things. Instead of upholding all 
this grand doctrine of Jesus we find these churcheis 
teaching that the day of miracles is past aud you 
oan never get anything from God ; and that God has 
gone away so that no man can ever find Him. If 
such trash is Apostolic teaching, then these churches 
are Apostolici as they claim toi be. You see they 
leave out Christ's teachings and manufacture a gos- 
pel of their own like their old mother (Koman 
church) do€s when she forgives sins and creates new 



84 The Great Mystery Unveiled, 

blood for a new sacrifice of their own manufacture 
and sets Christ aside. Do you see the similarity 
between these young harlots and their old mother? 
The world has now arrived at the point where the old 
mother harlot (Roman church) and all her young 
ones (Protestant churches) must go down, and be 
thrown away so that we may know the true God and 
His Christ and get revelations and power from Him 
and subdue the world and overcome death and gain 
victory over it amd be RoyaJ High Priesits of the gi-eat 
spiritual King. The Protestant churches have ac- 
complished that for which they were sent, and the 
world now demands a higher spiritual church and it 
will come. It is now on the way, but it will not be 
the old churches made over or reformed. No. no. 
Christ tells us that it is not proper to put new wine 
into old bottles. The old bottles must be thrown 
away and new bottle:> for the new wine must come 
on. They are now being prepared. The filling is 
taking place. When they are full they will step out 
as a new nation to rule the world and take charge of 
all religious, political and social affairs. The old 
bottles will be no more. The old mother har- 
lot and all her young ones will be obliterated. 
The old mother held her full time of 1,260 years 
and used her peculiar mouth and great swelling 
words with such cunning effect as to deceive the 
whole world and entrap it. And it fixed up such a 
fine scheme of doctrine that it worked the gi'eater 
part of the human family under its clutches so as to 
get large sums of money out of the people, until it 
became the most gigantic financial concern on earth. 
It (the pope and his church) owned country after 
country and gold, diamonds, jewels, silver and piles 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 85 

and stacks of all kinds of material wealth. But 
how did the beast get hold of all this wealth? you 
will ask. Ah, here is the secret golden cup filled 
with ^^ abominations,''^ as St. John calls it. You know 
the Bible tells us that the beast would prosper and 
become mighty and gather unto itself such power 
as to overcome the followers of Christ and wear 
them out, and this beast set itself to gaining finan- 
cial power. It formulated a doctrine and taught it 
to the people that the pope had power tO' forgive 
sins and he (in the aforesaid mentioned decree) de- 
clares it openly and notoriously that popes can 
change times and laws and set aside ^^the precepts of 
ChristJ^ After a few generations of this teaching 
the whole public believed it, as the beast would not 
allow any other kind of teaching. When all the peo- 
ple came to thoroughly believing this abominable 
teaching it gave a terrible and dreadful advantage 
into the hands of the pope and he used it for every 
cent there was in it. He gave out the decree that he 
could grant Indulgences to people. That is, lie could 
remit Purgatorial penalties. Of course the whole 
public rushed to him to get their religious ^Hitles clear-' 
through that awful ordeal of Purgatory. But, hold 
on. Do you think so' great a benefit could be dished 
ont for nothing? Not a bit of it. The income from 
these sales of Indulgences was enormous — ^beyond 
all human imagination. People would rake up 
every cent on the premises to pay for help through 
Purgatory after death. Henry IV. of Castile re- 
ceived, in four years, as profit on Indulgences, ONE 
HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS. This was only 
a commission on the amount and not the amount it- 
self. The pope, as head over the church, would con- 
tract with the kings over the governments to allow 



86 The Great Mystery Vnveikd. 

them a commission on sales of Indulgences, etc. The 
kings would traffic with the pope for Ids favors bj 
paying to him large sums of money to have him issue 
^'religious" orders to the people to make them sub- 
missive to the government. This kept the people in 
the traces so they could be managed. Kings would 
pay heavily for this out of the taxes collected from 
the people themselves. Then the pope would come in 
and fleece them on a ^^religious" charge to pay him 
for Indulgences issued to them to help them out of 
their sins. Kings could do nothing with the people 
without the pope's aid, as they (the whole public) 
looked upon the pope as God, and they would obey 
the pope and let the kings go. This brought hun- 
dreds of millions and billions of dollars to the pope, 
as kings were at his mercy. Another scheme which 
brought much money to the pope was the sale of 
Privileges. You remember the above decree of the 
pope declares that he has power to set aside any- 
thing he desires and change times and laws, and 
whenever anything arises that conflicts with his 
wishes he strikes it down. If the law says that per- 
sons shall not marry their cousins or close relatives 
the pope sets the law aside and issues a Privilege to 
the person, provided that a large sum of money be 
paid to the pope for doing this. This scheme 
brought in great riches. It is reported that a cer- 
tain person in Italy desii*ed to marry his niece, just 
recently, but the law was against it, so he paid the 
pope twenty thousand dollars to get him to set the 
law aside in this particular case. The Catholic 
church has a regular list of fees for doin^ certain 
things. So much for baptism and so much for say- 
ing masses and so on clear through the lis-t. The 
Roman Catholics teach that when a person dies he 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 87 

goes to Purgatory and that if tlie priest will say a 
mass it helps the dead persioin out of Ms trouble, and 
that the more masses that are saidi the better it is 
for the dead. This, of course, makes a person rake 
up all the money he can get and put it in the hands 
of a priest to pay for masises after' the person dies. 
When you consider the fact that nearly the whole 
world was under the authority of the Koman church 
you can then imagine w^hat a great sum of money 
this scheme brought in, as every body wants to es 
cape punishment, and if you can just make him be- 
lieve that a pope can bring him through all right the 
person will pay out his last dollar. The more dollars 
he pays the more masses he can get; and where a 
priest is paid a large amount of money for several 
thousand masses he cannot say them all in a life- 
time, therefore, he has to hunt up some poor priest, 
who lives in an out-of-the-way place, to help him 
through with these masses. If the original charge 
for a mass be two dollars he pays the poor priest 
twenty-five cents for each mass. You will remem- 
ber that not long ago a certain w^oman of Spain paid 
over to the church a sufficient amount of money to 
pay for five thousand masses for herself and five 
thousand for her husband. 

In addition to these schemes, rich Catholic people 
will all their property to the church to get masses 
said over them w^hen dead. The priests and popes 
permit their members to keep money which they get 
unlawfully, provided that a part of the money be paid 
to the church. Mr. I. J. Lansing, who has given the 
Catholic schemes much study, says: "I find that 
moneys obtained for false witness, for cheating in 
gambling, for cheating in weights and measures, and 
money obtained under false pretenses, and money 



88 The Great Mystery Unveiled, 

made at prostitution, and many other things are per- 
mitted by the church to be kept, provided the persons 
who made these unlawful gains would pay a part of 
the money to the church. This is so well substan- 
tiated that it is beyond doubt or question." This 
brings in a large pile of money also. Another 
scheme to get money is by selling certain articles, 
which Catholics claim, have wonderful powers. 
There is a long list of these articles. Some time ago 
a Catholic priest wrote in a New York paper that it 
is right to sell these things on account of the great 
good they do. He claims that one of these Catholio 
medals put in watering troughs will keep cattle from 
getting sick, and that if one of the medals be carried 
by a person it will protect that person from sickness 
and from storms and accidents and will even keep 
away death. A certain priest, whom I could name, 
gained several hundi^ed thousand dollars by selling 
these trinkets. You can buy them by the hundred 
in Catholic stores, which make a specialty of keep- 
ing them, and they bring in thousands and millions 
of dollars. This is why St. John says the merchants 
will mourn for the beast when she is destroyed from 
the face of the earth. They will not then have any 
trinkets to sell to the dupes. Nobody will buy them. 

And the merchants of the earth shall mourn over her 
(the beast), for no man buyeth their merchandise any more. 
—Rev. 18:11. 

The people of this country (United States) have 
not the slightest knowledge of this monstrous animal 
(the seven -headed Roman beast) and the wonderful 
schemes and pretensions it puts forth to deceive and 
fleece the people. This is why St. John declares that 
all nations were deceived by it. 



The Or eat Mystery Unveiled. 89 

By thy sorceries were all nations deceived and in her 
(the old mother harlot) was found the blood of prophets 
and of saints and of all that were slain upon the earth.— 
Rev. 18:23,24. 

When you understand tKe ways and schemes of 
the beast and how she sells masses, indulgences, 
privileges, dispensations and decrees and grows 
rich from her abominations, and how the pope held 
the kings of the earth in his grasp so that they would 
be compelled to pay him large sums of money to in- 
duce him to issue decrees to keep the people from ris- 
ing up against the governments; when you under- 
stand all of this you will then see what the book of 
Revelation is talking about when it mentions the old 
harlot and how the kings of the earth committed 
fornication with her, which means that they paid her 
money to get her to do certain things in their favor. 

All nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her 
fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed 
fornication with her, and the merchants became rich through 
her delicacies {that is, they sold her goods and trinkets which 
she taught the people were necessary for their welfare).— 
Rev. 18:3. 

Of course these secrets of the church doctrine 
and her woolly ways are not intended tO' get out to 
the general public, but we do get hold of them in 
various ways, so that our statements are founded on 
their decrees and books and rules of the church, and 
it will surprise the people of thi& country to learn 
the truth about this beast. Those who desire to 
look into her history will find the writings of Henry 
C. Lea, H. G. Guinness, I. J. Lansing, Dr. McGlynn 
and others of great value, and it would pay the peo- 
ple well to investigate this subject, as it will throw 
much light on Bible statements and will also show 
why the beast is the mother of harlots, as it will be 



90 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

seen that the present Protestant churches were born 
out of her and that they carry her ear-marks and 
ways and many of her false ideas, and that the only 
way for the genuine Christian to gain the true spir- 
itual God is to cut loose from all the churches now on 
earth and haye nothing at all to do with them, as 
they are, in many respects, the deadly enemy of God, 
and no one can mix in with them without becoming 
more or less tainted with their eyil ideas and teach- 
ings. While it is true that the Protestant churches 
are an improyement on the old mother beast, and 
they haye done much toward breaking her baek 
(just as God designed that they should) yet they, 
the Protestant churches of to-day, are not at all fit 
or competent to lead the people to that high and 
grand spiritual power of the Holy Ghost, who will 
show us yisions and talk with us and giye us power 
to heal the sick, raise the dead, remoye mountains 
and do all things. All these things are open and 
ready for us, but we neyer can gain them by follow- 
ing the methods and teachings of the present church 
system, as eyery one of them thoroughly belieyes 
and teaches that "the day of miracles is past" and 
that it is not possible for us, in this day. to do the 
wonderful things that Jesus and the apostles did, 
although Jesus himself declares that we shall and 
must do greater things than eyer He did. but the 
churches of to-day giye the lie right to His face by 
teaching us that it cannot be done, and they use 
eyery effort to keep the people from belieying any- 
thing of the kind, and when we insist upon it they 
say that we are teaching spiritism and that we are 
possessed of the deyil, and all this kind of stuff. 
They use exactly the same argument that the 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 91 

churches used against Jesus when He was here on 
earth. They said He was possessed of the devil and 
that He was casting out sickness by the power of a 
big devil spirit which they called Beelzebub. If they 
slandered Him and used their mouths against the 
Perfect and Holy One (Christ Jesus), what can acoj/i- 
mon personage like I expect from them? The world 
has come to the point where it must go up higher 
spiritually, and to do this it must cut down and. 
destroy the old errors; and this procesiS always 
causes daggers in the air, as error is always popu- 
lar and has the great majority on its side, so that 
whoever drawiS his butcher-knife against it has the 
entire public to fight, so that nothing but the power- 
ful spiritual sword of the Most High can stand 
against it, but His whizzing sickle, is abundantly 
able to cut d>own the multitude, and on this I rely. 
I have pointed out the beast. Have shown his num- 
ber to be 666. I have (Shown you her blasphemous 
mouth that utters great swelling words against the 
Most High. I have shown to you her fornications 
and sorceries and only a fete of her many schemes, 
which have deceived the whole earth. To show all 
of her cunning sales and practices would make this 
book too large and expensive to reach the people; 
therefore, I now turn my attention to the clothes of 
the beast, in order to identify him, as he was to wear 
certain kinds and colors of garments. Let us now 
examine them. But you will say. What does all this 
have to do with the Pyramid? I am showing why 
the General World Hall slants downward and runs 
into the dark pit, underground. The "bea,st," now 
under consideration, was given the devil's seat and 
authority and killed the followers of the true God 
and led off, downward, into darkness of the pit; 



92 The Ch^eat Mystery Unveiled, 

and to understand this mighty subject you must 
know who and what the breast is; and for this pur- 
pose we are identifying him by looking at his numbei* 
(666) and his mark and his mouth and his high titles 
and pretensions. Now we will examine his clothes 
and sJiowy trinkets. It will be noticed that all the 
way through, the prophets and the Apostle John de- 
scribe it as a beast and a prostitute; and this is why 
they apply the name "Scarlet Woman" to it. Notice 
how accurately the pope's dress and fixtures are 
described. 

I saw a woman (prostitute) sit upon a scarlet colored 
beast, full of names of blasphemj-, having seven heads 
(seven hills of Rome), and the "woman" was arrayed in 
purple and scarlet color and decked with gold and precious 
stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand, full of 
abominations and filthiness of her fornications; and upon 
her forehead (in his mind) was a name WTitten. MYSTERY, 
BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS 
AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH. And the 
woman (city of Rome and the pope) were drunken with the 
blood of the martyrs of Jesus.— Rev. 17. 

You, will notice that the above prophecy declares 
that the "woman" (meaning the pope, who sells de- 
crees and favors for money) would be dressed in 
purple, scarlet, etc., etc., decked with gold and pre- 
cious stones, etc. If you have ever attended high 
mass or solemn high mass or any great powwow in 
the large Catholic cathedrals you will be forced to 
remember St. John's vision of the dress and orna- 
ments the "beast" would wear, as the whole proph- 
ecy is acted out to the very letter. I have watched 
it. The cardinals, bishops, priests and high officers 
of the church, dressed in their magnificent robes of 
many colored silks, braids, etc., come out before the 
audience and use that peculiar mouth, which we have 
just discussed, in blasphemy against the Most High. 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 93 

Just now the papers bring us the account of the in- 
inauguration of a new cardinal. The ceremony took 
place here in the United States and the Catholics 
marched in procession with great display and the 
daily papers, in describing it, have something to say 
about the rich dres^s and robes of the high ofScers of 
the church. I clip from the papers a little of it, that 
you may see, in actual operation, what St. John saw 
in vision about the purple, gold, scarlet, etc., which 
the beast would wear. Here is what the papers say 
of the parade. 

CHURCH DIGNITARIES IN PROCESSION. 

After these came about fifty bishops and a score or more 
of archbishops, the pm*ple and gold of their rich vestments 
glistening in the cold, clear ah*, their immense trains held 
up by little boys, in brilliant vestments. Upon his shoulders 
hung the beautiful cloak of cardinal silk and ermine. Half 
a dozen train-bearers clad in cardinal velvet and gilt braid 
followed in his wake. 

As further comment on the identification of the 
pope and his great blasphemous organization being 
the ^'Scarlet Woman," the "Harlot," the "Bea,st,"etc., 
mentioned in Reyelation, as wearing purple, gold, 
precious stones and speaking great things against 
the Most High, I now introduce the account of a 
great convention of high Eoman dignitaries, held in 
Rome, in July, 1870 A. D., and at which meeting 
they framed a decree that the pope wa,s infallible, 
which means that he can not err, but that he is al- 
ways right in all things, the same as God. After 
voting this decree through, they set a day when they 
would have a big poiv-woio over it and declare it pub- 
licly before all the world. Dr. Cummings, of Eng- 
land, describes the big demonstration at Rome as 
follows: 



94 The Great Mystery Unveiled, 

The pope had a grand throne erected in front of the 
eastern window in St. Peter's, and arrayed himself in a 
perfect blaze of precious stones, and sinTOunded himself 
with cardinals and patriarchs and bishops in gorgeous ap- 
parel for a magnificent spectacular scene. He had chosen 
the early morning hour and the eastern window, — that the 
rising sun should flash its beams full upOh his magnificence, 
and by it his diamonds, i-ubies and emeralds (see how his 
dress fits the description of Rev. 17:4 and Rev. 18:10) be so 
refracted and reflected that he should appear to be not a 
man, but what the decree proclaimed him, one having all 
the glory of God. The pope posted himself at an early horn* 
at the eastern window, but the sun refused to . . . shine. 
The dismal dawn darkened rapidly to a deeper and deeper 
gloom. The dazzle of gloiT could not be produced. The 
aged eyes of the would be God could not see to read by 
daylight, and he had to send for candles. Candle-Ught 
strained his nerves of vision too much, and he handed the 
reading over to a cardinal. The cardinal began to read 
amid an ever blackening gloom, but had not read many lines 
before such a glare of lm*id 'fire and such a crash burst 
from the inky heavens as was never equaled at Rome before. 
Terror fell upon all. The rejiding ceased. One cardinal 
jumped trembling from his chair, and exclaimed, "It is the 
voice of God speaking, the* thunders of Sinai." 

Having' identified the great "beast" and his pecu- 
liar mouth speaking great things and blaspheming 
against the Most High, by applying to himself the 
titles '^Ruler of the Universe,^^ ^^Hohj Father of Fath- 
ers,^' "King of Heaven^ Earth and EeW- and many 
other high names belonging to none but God; and 
having found his number (G66), and his marl\ made 
with ashes, crossed on the forehead; and having 
examined his clothes (robes) with the purple, scar- 
let, gold, precious stones and other trimmings ; and 
his great riches and prosperity, as mentioned by 8t. 
John, the next question is to find Ms location. 
Where was he to dwell on earth? St. John's vision 
answers the question, by telling us that the "beast^' 
or "harlot" would live in a citv, which would sit an 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 96 

seven hills or knobs or mountains, and Rome is just 
such a location, as she sits on seven hills. 

The prophet sa-w ten horns coming out of the 
seven heads. These horns were kingsi ruling the 
provinces round about. Now notice that ''horn''^ 
means king. Now go back and read the prophecy, 
quoted herein, and see how another '^little horn'^ 
sprang up among the ten. That little horn was the 
beginning of the RomanCatholic pope and his church 
— a mere speck at first — just a little "horn" or king 
over a small church organization. It began tO' ger- 
minate, 100 years after Christ's resurrection, and it 
ran along, gathering power, over 400 years more, 
and, finally, hatched out, with its center (pope) on the 
seven hills of Rome (seven heads) and took posses- 
sion of the earth, so that all the kings had toi bow 
dowm to it and get its consent before taking any ac- 
tion on any thing. This caused the kings to make 
leagues with and bribes to the pope to get his influ- 
ence in carrying out their bold schemes to hamper 
the people and bleed them. The pope and his church 
would favor any body or any thing for gain — ^just 
like any other prostitute, and this is why the New 
Testament calls it the great harlot. Kings had to 
buy favors from it or else lose their position and 
also their heads. This was all shown to Saint John 
in the vision, 500 years before it took place. 

And one of the seven angels talked with me, saying: 
Come, and I will shew thee the judgment of the great 
whore that sitteth upon many waters — and with whom the 
kings of the earth have committed fornication, and the 
inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk (disorderly 
and reckless) with the wine of her fornication.— Rev. 17. 

Not only kings had to bribe it with money and 
presents to get favors from it, but every merchant 



96 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

and business man was boycotted and made come to 

time. And if the merchant or any other man, after 

being boycotted and starved out, still refused to 

agree with the "beast," orders went out to kill the 

man. 

That as many as would not worship the image of the 
beast should be killed.— Rev. 13:15. 

Saint John foresaw just how the beast would 
work it by slajightering men who insisted on hold- 
ing to Christ and His. teachings. The beast be- 
headed them. 

I saw imder the altar the souls of them that were slain 
for the word of God and for the testimony (belief) which 
they held.— Rev. 6:9. 

The desperate tortures and slaughter which this 

beast inflicted on all who would not agree with it 

is beyond the power of words to describe. It hung 

on so many hundred years (1,2C0 years) and became 

so extremely vicious and murderous, that the souls 

of those who were butchered looked out from under 

the altar and in great agony cried unto God to 

stop it. 

And they cried with a loud voice, saying. How long. 
O Lord, dost thou not judge aud avenge our blood on them 
that dwell on earth?— Rev. 6:10. 

With these preludes and explanations I now 
bring forth the testimony of St. John, in his own 
words, as to the place where the "beast," "harlot" or 
"woman" or "666" man would make his or her head- 
quarters. Rev. 17 speaks as follows: 

VERSE IS. The iroman is that great city (city of Rome> 
which reigneth over the kings of the earth. VERSE 9. 
The seven heads are seven mountains on which the woman 
(city of Rome) sitteth. VERSE 15. The waters where the 
whore sitteth are peoples, multitudes, nations and tongues. 
VERSE 12. The ten horns are ton kings. 



The Great Mystery Unveiled 97 

Babylon mean's confusion. The pope and his 
church had turned Christ's teachings upside down 
and twisted them all out of their proper meaning 
and filled in their own doctrine, which came from the 
dragon (devil), as the scripture heretofore quoted 
says that the dragon (devil) gave his own seat to the 
beast (pope) and turned over all his power tO' the 
beast (the pope) and told him to run things as he 
himself (the devil) would run it, and the pope and 
his many successors did run it with a vengeance and 
slaughtered every body and every thing who held to 
the Christly way. This is why the scripture above 
quoted says that the city of Rome and the pope were 
drunken with the blood of the followers of Jesus. 
Rev. 18 describes the desperate wickedness of this 
beast (the Roman church), sometimes called Baby- 
lon on account of the terrible confusion which it 
caused. The very worst elements of society took 
shelter in it. This was clearly shown to Saint John 
in his vision. 

I saw an angel come down from heaven, and lie cried 
with a strong voice, saying, Babylon (Roman Church) is 
become the habitation of devils and every foul spirit, and 
is a cage for every unclean and hateful thing; for all nations 
have drunk of the wine of her fornication, and the kings 
of the earth have committed fornication with her. (Paid 
her money for favors in helping them with their schemes.) 
Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her 
sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues; for her sins 
have reached unto heaven. Her plagues shall come in a 
day, death and mom^ning and famine, and she shall be 
utterly burned with fire.— Rev. 18. 

The lines are now being formed to sweep her 
f]om the earth — not leaving a speck of her. The 
great beast is on its last legs. It has carried on high 
carnival and soaked itself in the blood of the follow- 
ers of Christ about 1,500 years, 1,2G0 of which it 



98 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

had full possession of the earth and ran the people 
down into the most vile and ignorant condition, so 
that scarcely any one could read or write. They 
marauxied around and reveled in murder, rapine and 
blood. They made w^ar on the saints (followers of 
Christ) and wore them out and beheaded them. The 
pope set himself up as the successor of Saint Peter, 
and as such pretended to hold the keys to the King- 
dom of God, as set out in Matt. 16:18, 19, as follows: 

And Jesus said: Thou art Peter, and upon this rock 1 
will build my church and the gates of hell shall not .prevail 
against it; and I will give to thee the keys of the kingdom 
of heaven, and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall 
be bound in heaven, and whatsoever thou shalt loose on 
earth shall be loosed in heaven. 

This idea w^as taught to the people, and children 
were born and raised under it during all that long 
and dreadful period of 1,500 years, so that every one 
thoroughly believed that whatever the pope said 
had to be done, as he held those keys to the kingdom 
of heaven and he could hind you or loose you at his 
own sweet will ; and that to disobey orders was dis- 
obeying God. And the pope claimed that he was 
in constant communication with St. Peter and that 
all the pope's orders were direct from Peter. And 
all the world believing this gave the pope complete 
authority over kings and every body. He had his 
bishops and his priests stationed in every neighbor- 
hood throughout Europe, and whenevei' a person 
refused to worship the "beast" (the pop^ and the 
church) he was reported to headquarters, and orders 
would come back to kUl him; and as nearly every 
one regarded the orders as direct from God, the 
whole neighborhood would gladly execute the orders 
with intense delight They regarded the pope and 



The Oreat Mystery Unveiled. 99 

the cliurcli as the kingdom of God, and the church 
taught this co'ntinuall3\ It was a great way for the 
kingdom of God to act ; murder, torture and slaught- 
er people. But perhaps you are wondering again 
what all this argument ha,s to do with the Pyramid. 
As heretofore stated, I am showing what caused the 
General World Hall to slant downward towards the 
"pit" (the dark room in the earth). It will be re- 
membered that the hall was in direct line with' and 
pointed to the dragon star. It was the road* of the 
dragon (devil). It will also be remembered that the 
dragon (the devil) arose from his seat and gave it 
to the beast with seven heads (city of Rome on seven 
hills and the pope located therein) ; and it has been 
shown that the pope sat down in the devil's seat, 
with the devil's authority and ran things in the 
ground in the most horrible manner, soi that the 
world became ignorant and dark and ^'heastly^^ vi- 
cious. The people were on the downward road to 
the "pit," under ground. God is symbolized in 
scripture as the sun, on account of the brilliant light 
thrown off from Him or by Him. The people of the 
earth are represented as the moon, on account of the 
reflection of light. The great beast (the pope and 
his church) were like an eclipse, which prevented 
the light of the sun (God) from shining. Now notice 
that St. John, in his vision, saw what black darkness 
the beast would spread over the earth and how it 
would shut off the light of God (Sun) and murder the 
people (moon) so that their blood would flow freely 
every where before all eyes. 

And I beheld, when he had opened the sixth seal the sun 
(God) became black (out of sight) and the moon (people) 
became as blood.— Rev. 6:12. 

The general public is not at all acquainted with 



100 The Great Mystery LnveiUd. 

the bloody history of the monstrous beast or harlot. 
There is much more to be said on this subject, but 
enough has been shown to give a reason for the 
downward slant of the hall in the Pyramid. As 
heretofore explained, Martin Luther and others 
broke in against the "beast" and began to start a 
reformation, and, finally, Napoleon Bonaparte came 
onto the earth (for an express purpose) ; and he was 
a man who cared nothing for God, man nor the 
devil. He took the bit in his mouth and roamed 
over the earth and trampled everything down, 
according to his own sweet will, and declared him- 
self Dictator and held possession, and drove kings, 
princes and potentates off their thrones and appoint- 
ed his own relatives and friends to take their places. 
He made the pope and his church dance to the 
music of the dagger, and, finally, seized the pope 
and put him in prison and kept him there till the 
pope died. This shocked the people of earth as 
though an earthquake had struck them. The idea 
that any man would have the audacity to "tackle" 
god and put him in jail was stunning; as many gen- 
erations had been born and brought up under the 
constant teaching that the pope was God, or, rather, 
the successor of Saint Peter, and, as such, held the 
keys to the kingdom of heaven; and no one but 
Napoleon would ever think of crossing the will of the 
pope, much less seize him and put him behind the 
bars. But Napoleon cai'^d nothing for that kind of 
a god or any other God, and he just went right on 
cutting and slashing the church and its high officers 
and everythingat his pleasure. This opened thepeo- 
ple's eyes a little and broke the "spell" that had been 
hovering over them nearly 1500 years. They began 
to see that the pope could not call down the wrath of 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 101 

hieaven against any one who refused to do the pope's 
will, and the people, finally, rase up and began to 
slash the church and behead the bishops and priests 
and confiscate their property in a general mad 
scramble, so that the Catholic kings, priests, officers 
and members had to "take to the woods" amd hide, 
to escape the mad wrath of the public. This terrible 
slaughter and confiscation lasited twenty-five years 
(from 1789 to 1815 A. D.). Words cannot describe 
it. History calls it the French Revolution. 

The kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich 
men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every 
bond man, and every free man, hid themselves in dens and 
in rocks of the mountains; and said to the mountains and 
rocks. Fall on us and hide us from the wrath of the Lamb 
(Christ).— Rev. 6:15, 16. 

The beast with seven heads (Rome and the 
church) had been slaughtering the followers of 
Christ and carrying on highway robbery and murder 
during all its allotted time of 1260 years (a time, times 
and half a time. See Daniel 12:7 and Rev. 12:14. 
As to the explanation of this and how it is calculated, 
see my No. 3 book, entitled Our Near Future)] and 
the souls of those beheaded looked out from under 
the altar and cried unto God, "How long, O Lord, 
how long dost thou not avenge our blood on them 
that dwell on earth?" and vengeance came onto the 
pope, bishops, priests, members, city, country, 
property, and every thing; and Napoleon put the 
cap-sheaf on it by putting the pope in jail and keep- 
ing him there. The pope had been the supreme ruler 
over not only the church, all over Europe, but also 
ruler over all kings and governments; and such a 
terrible disaster as the public and Napoleon heaped 
npon the beast broke its back-bone. It lost its power 



102 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

and has been dwindling down with spinal disease 
ever since, so that now it is a very weak thing, com- 
pared to what it used to be, when it ruled the earth 
and chewed up every body and every thing with its 
iron teeth. 

Its fall and disappearance goes on gradually, 
and by spells, the same as was its rise and growth. 
While it was coming on the earth, circumstances 
combined to push it upward into power; and after it 
had held possession its allotted time of 12G0 years, 
circumstances began to combine against it to destroy 
it. Martin Luther and others hit it a stunning blow 
religiously; then Napoleon stabbed it politically and 
every way. Then Garibaldi came on and struck it 
another hard lick, September 20, 1870, by declaring 
that the pope (thereafter) must keep his hand out of 
government matters. Then King Victor Emmanuel 
of Italy said something similar to the pope; Kinj^: 
Humbert also refused tot hand back to the "Holy 
Father" (as the pope is called) any authority to rule 
over government. Thus the "Holy Fathei*" finds 
himself cut off all around, and he thinks it is an out- 
rage. He holds to the idea that he should be not only 
the head of the chiUTlu but the head of the govern- 
ments also; and after Garibaldi cut off the power of 
the pope, the "Holy Father" issued an order that all 
Catholics should enter into politics and labor to have 
the constitutions and laws changed so as to restore 
the old-timed authority to him (the pope and the 
church). This would put all the goveraments of 
earth in the control of the Eoman pope; and to pre- 
vent this, an organization called the American Pro- 
tective Association (known as the A. P. A.), was formed 
in the United States. Its chief aim is to prevent 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 103 

Catholics from being elected to any oflSoes, and by 
this means offset the efforts and orders of the pope. 
This A. P. A. organization is already becoming a 
mighty influence in elections, as is shown by the fol- 
lowing interview, which I clip from the Kansas City 
mar of September 23, 1895: 

MILLIONS IN THE A. P. A. 

Startling Claims of the Order's National Vice-President. 

The Society Will Go into National Politics Next Year and 

Will Cast Its Whole Strength with the Party 

That Favors Its Principles. 

J. H. Jackson of Fort Worth, Tex., national vice-presi- 
dent of the American Protective Association, came to Kansas 
City last night and will lecture at Turner Hall to-night. 
When asked about the condition of the A. P. A., he said: 

"The order is growing rapidly in numbers. We are 
getting the conservative men, the very best class of citizens, 
now. People who a year or two ago would not talk with 
us about joining the order are coming to us now. We have 
in round numbers 31/2 million members. In California we 
have 200,000 and in the older States farther east the number 
of members we have is enormous and growing daily. We 
won't vote with a party that condemns our principles, and 
we won't support any party that makes a bid for the Roman 
Catholic vote. We will take hold with whoever wants to 
join us in securing honest men in office and men who place 
their loyalty to the United States above their allegiance to 
any pope, prince or potentate or any other power on earth. 
Under our form of government too much liberty is en- 
joyed for the pope to rule the actions of the people. Who 
brought on this fight? Why, the Catholics. Pope Leo 
issued an order in 1885 that all Catholics should labor 
as far as possible to have the constitutions of the States 
framed in accordance with the laws of the church and that 
Catholics should enter into politics everywhere. They say 
we began this fight, but we didn't. The A. P. A. was 
organized in 1887 and Pope Leo issued his order in 1885." 

Thus we see that the gun is being loaded again 
to fire at the seven-headed beast with the peculiar 
mouth, speaking blasphemy against the Most High; 



104 The Great Mystery Unveiled, 

and the beast sees this and is making a desperate 
effort to run into a safe place of its own so that it 
can stand with its back to the wall and prevent the 
pursuers from running in behind it and firing from 
the rear, as the following clipping from London 
to the New York World shows: 

TO BUY ROME FOR THE POPE. 

A Circular Issued to Catholics Proposing the Plan. 

Bankrupt Italy Might Surrender the Eternal City for a 

Ransom of One Billion Dollars, and the Temporal 

Power Might Thus be Restored. 

London, Sept. 16. — Somewhat over a month ago the 
Wo7-ld published from here a cabled synopsis of a proposi- 
tion that had been submitted to leading Roman Catholics 
in Europe to take advantage of the serious financial diflScul- 
tios in Italy and raise a fund for purchasing Rome, with the 
idea of re-estabUshing the temporal power of the pope. 
Nothing less is proposed than that the Catholic countries 
and peoples of the world should combine to ransom Rome. 
To those familiar with the organization and the working of 
the Roman Catholic communion, and with the intensity of 
desire which animates the Catholic chnrch to secure the 
perfect independence of its spiritual head, it would not be 
difficult to believe that if the scheme is once set on foot 
a large sum of money may be collected and placed in the 
hands of Leo XIII. 

Cardinal Batolli, a direct agent of the pope, and 
now in the United States, was interviewed on the 
subject, and the newspapers represent him as say- 
ing as follows: 

The Holv Father regards the Italian king as an usurper, 
and as one "who unlawfully withholds that which belongs 
to the representative of Christ, and. as such, it would be 
beneath his high and lofty position to make any overtures 
whatever. There has been some discussion in certiin 
political circles of asking the Italian government to sell to 
a committee appointed for that purpose, a certain part of 
Rome, known as the Lenine city, and it was proposed to 
deed it to the present Holy Fath-^r and to his successors as 
a private estate entailed on their office. This section includes 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 105 

the great Vatican and its magnificent gardens, the castle of 
San Angelo and the church of St. Peter. The agitators of 
it are not inclined to ask that the pope be granted any 
small principality, nor anything less than the whole of the 
confiscated papal possessions." 

And thus the ball rolls on for trouble and death 
ttt) the beast, but it is trying to staad against it. 

September 20, 1870, was the date when Garibaldi 
took away the temporal or political power of the 
pope and it is made a holiday by the anti element 
and is observed each year by celebrations and 
parades. The last one caused the factions to be- 
come angry, and general disturbance was the result 
The Catholics regard the celebrations as an out- 
rage, and they protest in bitter words and actions. 

New York, Sept. 21.— Archbishop Corrigan has forwarded 
to Pope Leo XIII. a beautifully illuminated parchment on 
which is inscribed an address by the German Catholics of 
New York to the Holy Father. It begins by alluding to the 
blessings of religious freedom enjoyed by Catholics in this 
country and protests solemnly, "before the face of the 
whole world, against the sacrilegious violation done to the 
patrimony of St. Peter in September, 1870." It is bound in 
vellum and inclosed in an elaborate and expensive case, 
carefully wrapped in canvas and wood before shipment 
to-day. 

Thus we see that the seven-headed beast dies 
hard; but that it will die completely is positively cer- 
tain, as it was shown to St. John the revelator and 
is fully described in the 17th and 18th chapters of 
Revelation, part of which has already come to pass 
and the remainder will follow, but, trouble first. 

In reading the brief extract which I copy from 
those two chapters, you must remember that the 
woman mentioned there means the city of Rome, 
where the pope has always resided and ruled over 
the earth. 



106 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

The woman is that ^eat city, which reigneth over the 
kings of earth.— Rev. 17:18. 

And the beast with seven heads is also the citj 
of Rome and the pope and his church. Rome, re- 
member, sits on seven high knobs or hills. 

The seven heads are seven mountains on which the 
woman (city) sitteth.— Rev. 17:9. 

It must also be remembered that the "BahyJon-' 
mentioned there means confusion — ^that is, the city 
of Rome being the head and center of the Roman 
Catholic church, confused the gospel of Christ and 
tore it into pieces and turned it around to suit its 
own purposes, so that now there are hundreds of 
denominations, and some are teaching just the re- 
verse of the others; no two are alike, yet they all 
claim to be the mouth-pieces of God. It is a general 
mixture of all kinds of stuff. No wonder it is called 
confusion (Babylon) by the Revel ator. And the city 
of Rome (called the woman) was the starter of all 
this confusion of doctrines, and I have heretofore 
shoT\Ti that this is why the city (and the pope) are 
called the Mother of Harlots, as all the present church 
organizations sprang out of her, and the Revelator 
positively proclaims that they are the young haiiots; 
while the Roman church is the old mother harlot 
^'full of Uasphemy and ahominationsJ^ It is conceded 
by all men that the young ones inherit the traits of 
character and dispositions of the mother; this be- 
ing the case, let us just briefly trace the character 
of the old mother harlot and then see whether the 
young ones have any similaiity to her. Elsewhere 
in this chaptt^er I have «hown how tlie old mother 
harlot (the beast with seven heads) ruled the entire 
earth 1260 years (which is a "time^ times and half a 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 10 T 

time" as mentioned in Rev. 12:14) in full control, 
besides 400 years more of only partial control; 
and that while she thus ruled she cut and slashed 
and murdered and burned the followers of Christ 
and all others who refused to accept her doctrines. 
Her rqcord«is one of blood and terror until Napoleon 
struck her anid Garibaldi struck her and Kini^ 
Eramanuei and King Humbert struck her and made 
her behkve more decenth^ Now examine her young 
ones. I haveimuch evidence showing that the pres- 
ent Protestant church organizations (the young har- 
lots) are out and after the men who are now teach- 
ing the doctrine that Christ is not dead, but alive, 
rnd will heal the sick, raise the dead and do as He 
used^O'do if we will trust Him. They arrest and im- 
prison these men and run them out of the town and 
do violence to them, and try to prove them insane, 
as an excuse to put them in the asylum and shut 
them up, so as to prevent them from drawing their 
congregations into this high spiritual faith and 
trust in G-od. This trait of character the present 
Protestant churches inherit from their mother, the 
old harlot, which is the Roman Catholic church, as 
she was always imprisoning and cutting the heads off 
of those who disagreed with her. I am constantly 
meeting her young ones (Protestant churches) and 
they neatrly always have anger in their hearts at me 
for teaching the idea that they are not the mouth- 
pieces of God, but that, in reality, they are the 
enemies of Christ by trying to strip Him of His power 
by teaching their congregations that "the day of 
miracles is past" and that Christ will not heal your 
bodily afflictions or do any thing for you nowadays. 
You know the Revelator, in chap. 17:3-7, says the 
^^mother harlot" was full of blasphemy and abomi 



108 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

nable teaching; therefore, it is clear to see where the 
young ones (Protestant churches) get their blas- 
phemous teaching against Christ. The old ^'mother'' 
harlot is all form and no spirit. She calls her con- 
gregation together and goes through a long string 
of forms, and they count their beads and bow aud 
make signs of the cross, etc., etc., and then adjourn, 
with the understanding that they have worshiped 
the Spirit of God. Now look at the young harlots 
(Protestant churches). They go to church and go 
through with a set form and adjourn, believing that 
they bave worsliiped God too. They go right on 
grabbing after dollars and indulging in sex relations 
to their hearts' content and give up nothing nor 
come close to God to hear His voice to get instruc- 
tions; indeed they become very angry if any one tells 
them that God will talk to men these days. They 
rave and call such teaching "cranky'' and arrest the 
person for teaching it. They want to strip God of 
His power and make Him a last year's almanac — 
out of date now, just as their old ^^mother'- did when 
she set the pope up in Christ's place and done away 
witli His sacrifice, which was to last each day for- 
ever; so she trampled Christ's daily sacrifice under 
foot and set up her own abominations that have 
made the world desolate, so that scarcely any one 
will allow Christ any power these days. They, all 
(the church organizations), set Him aside as being 
out of date. 

From the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken 
away and the abomination that maketh desolate set up 
there shall be 1290 years.— Daniel 12:11. 

Tlie above time expired some years ago. and 
this is why the old mother harlot is receiving so 



The Oreat Mystery Unveiled. 109 

many strokes oai the head. And her young ones 
(the Protestant churches) are going down with 
her. Their time is up. They have served their pur- 
pose and must step down. They can no longer 
thrust a bar-rail between Christ .and the people by 
teaching them that "the day of miracles is past." 
With their mouths they draw people towards Christ, 
but when some earnest soul attempts to use Him to 
heal sickness or act as King, to guide in little de- 
tails of life, they sneer such person out of counte- 
nance and call him insane, cranky, and other pet 
names. When brought right down, face to face 
with Christ or no Christ, they fly the track every 
time and sneer at Him and His power. They reject 
Him. They get this trait of character from their 
'^mother,'^ the old harlot (the Roman church), wjio 
makes great ceremony over the cross and such 
things, but is -careful to go to the Virgin Mary 
or to the pope for help. They set aside Christ's 
great sacrifice and set up their own abominations in 
its stead. 

The present church organizations of the world 
are simply the tail end of the "beast," which has 
its head in the great city of Rome, on seven hills; 
and these tails are switching around all over the 
earth and drawing people with them and teaching 
them that Christ has no power nowadays and that if 
He has He will not use it for any body or any thing; 
and when a poor soul denies such teaching and holds 
up for Christ and His daily power, these tails switch 
him in the face and blind him and throw him down 
to the earth. All these persons who are now hold- 
ing up for Christ's power and are claiming that 
Christ willy these daySj act as King and heal, instruct 



110 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

and protect, they are called ^^stars of heaven,^^ for 
the reason that they are higher, spirdtually, than the 
general mass of persons. They think and act more 
in harmony with heaven. Now notice what the 
Revelator says about the tails of the beast switch- 
ing these "stars" down. 

And there appeared a ^eat red dragron. having seven 
heads; and his tail drew the third part of ihe stars of 
heaven and cast them down to earth.— Rev, 12:3, 4. 

The dragon and his tails have always stood and 
are now standing, ready to defeat Christ and His 
power. When the apostles started the real church 
and teachings of Christ, the doctrine was scarcely 
boim before the dragon with seven) heads ran in 
and gobbled it up and tore it in pieces and ran the 
real Christly church out into the wilderness * and 
made it hide 12G0 years. In reading the Revelator's 
account of it, you must know the word ^'womaii'^ 
in this particular case means the i*eal church of 
Christ, which was to bring a Christly condition to 
the people of earth; but the dragon pi^vented it 
and killed the starters of it and ran the whole struct- 
ure out of the country. 

And the dragon stood before the woman (Christ's church) 
which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child sa 
soon as it was born. And the woman (church) fled into the 
wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that 
they should feed her there (hid) 1200 days (years).— Rev. 12: 
4,6. 

And she is just now coming back, out of the 
wilderness, after having been run out and smoth 
ered all these many centuries; and the child is being 
born. The new and real church of Christ is just 
now being constructed. It is a body of persons 
called the Elect. You will notice that the Rovelator 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. Ill 

says it was a red dragon that ran the Christ church 
out. Red means blood, ^and blood means murder; 
therefore, the dragon was to be a murderous con- 
cern. This was just what the seven-headed beast 
was; it slaughtered small and great if they r-efused 
to agree with it. Red is one of the adopted colors 
for the dress of the ''beast." Here is where the 
name "cardinal red" came from. The cardinals are 
high officers, next to the pope, in the Roman church, 
aMd their robes are cardinal red; and many other 
officers in the church, must also wear cardinal red 
while at service. At the inauguration of the cardi- 
nal, heretofore mentioned in this chapter, they went 
through a great pow-wow over a red beretta and 
then placed it on the new cardinal as an emblem or 
mark to show that he is now cardinal. They never 
even dreamed that they were fulfilling St. John's 
revelation about the red dragon. How very ac- 
curately the Revelator describes the beast and its 
dress, even down to colors (see Rev. 17:4), although 
the vision w^as shown to St. John hundreds of years 
before the beast became established on the seven 
hills of Rome. This all goes to show that it was not 
a happen case. Of course not. Nothing happens. 
The present Protestant ckurch. organizations did 
not just happen. They were permitted to come on- 
to earth to hold the world from going down into the 
pit. The seven-headed beast was rushing things 
down, headlong, and the split off from it, called 
Protestant, became necessary to hold things. The 
Protestant organizations deserve their reward for 
holding the world in check and talking Christ at the 
people to prevent them from forgetting Him; and 
in this their labors have not been in vain; but they 



112 The Great JJijstery Lnveiled. 

are totally incompetent to teacli the people tlie 
spiritual side of Christ's Gospel, for the reason that 
the organizations themselves have no knowledge of 
God's spiritual laws, and, therefore, they can never 
lead the world upward. This is shown in the Gener- 
al World Hall of the Pyramid, where it ceases to go 
dow^n on a slant, but turns and runs along on a 
level. This turning of the hall probably represents 
the work of the Protestant churches, started by 
Martin Luther and others, about 1550 A. D. After 
the hall turns it does not run upward, but continues 
on the same level as it w^as at the turning point. 
This is why the Elect, or Royal Body of High 
Priests, with Christ as their Chief and King and 
Head must now come on and lead the world up- 
irard. In using the words "High Priests" they 
must not be taken to mean such priests as are now 
operating on earth. Far from it. I mean a body 
of persons who are thoroughly spiritualized and 
understand the spiritual laws and ways of God; 
persons who received their education entirely from 
God. They are sealed unto God. ^Melchizedek 
was such a person. Christ was an High Priest 
after the order of Melchizedek. (See Heb. 6:20.) 
This is the kind of High Priests I mean. God is 
now preparing them, and when they come before 
the world, the long rejei^ted stone (Christ and His 
power) will be made the chief capstone or top 
corner stone; the finishing touch; the sharp point 
at the top of the Pymimid; the pattern sJiowing the 
angles and slant from wiiich the foundation was 
laid for the building. During all these many 
centuries He has been kept back and rejected as 
having not power nowadays; but the Elect will 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 113 

acknowledge Him as the Head of the corner. They 
will do this not only with their mouths, but with 
their actions, and show to the world that Ee is 
really King in fact and not by name only. This will 
break down and totally destroy all the pres^ent 
church organizations (Protestant and Catholic). 
But in referring to these organizations, as I have 
in this chapter, I do it not to slur them or to con- 
demn them, as Grod permitted them to come on earth, 
and they have performed a purpose and their day 
is now closing. Their sun is setting. Even a thing 
so terrible and murderous as the seven-headed 
beast, God permitted it to come, and, through the 
prophets and St. John, foretold the world that it 
icould come; and- He even w^ent so; far as to describe 
the robes of cardinal red, purple and scarlet tiiat 
it would wear; and told us about thje tails it w^ouid 
have scattered all over the earth to sweep down the 
spiritual persons (stars of heaven); and how a 
great number of young ones (organizations) would 
spring from it, so that it would be the mother of 
harlots and abominable things generally. (Rev. 
17:5.) Therefore, it is plain that the thing did 
not come by chance; and when it had run its full 
course, then a terrible man (Xapoleon) came on 
and struck it a paralyzing blow; and history is 
writing down Napoleon as a bad man generally — a 
sort of highway robber — destitute of all moral 
principle; and indeed, the prophet Daniel also 
described a similar character, thousands of years 
before Napoleon was born. And he came walking 
in on time to strike the beast and turn the govern- 
ments around for a purpose. And then the Protest- 
ant churches came on with all their contlicting 



114 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

doctrines and hundreds of denominations, so that 
there is nothing but confusion and uncertainty 
every where. It. is like the confusion of tongues at 
the Tower of Babel (Gen. 11). 

The ^'beasf had run every thing downward un- 
til the timew^hen Martin Luther an(d others cut across 
its path and checked its horrible influence; and 
this was followed by Napoleon, who thrust his dag- 
ger into it and let out its blood. In other words, 
Napoleon extracted its poisonous fangs — ^just as 
othei" rattleisntakes are treated to prevent them 
from doing injury. It is an operation that a timid 
man would not undertalve. Neither would any 
ordinary person start out to throw the halter over 
the head of the "beast" which had roamed over the 
earth, devouring every thing in its path 1260 years. 
But when God's set time came to break the back of 
the beast there came onto the earth a man with 
just the right kind of a temper and disposition to do 
the work. It took a beast to cope with the great 
"beast," and all writers of history set Napoleon 
down as having a disposition as near "beastly" a:s 
any man ever had. 

AN ALL-ROUND BAD MAN. 

RAivPH wAi,DO Emerson's opinion of napoi<eon the first. 

Bonaparte was singriilarly destitute of generous senti- 
ments. He was unjust to his .generals, esrotistie and monopo- 
lizing, meanly stealmg the credit of their srreat actions. He 
was thoroughly unscrupulous. He would steal, slander, 
assassinate, drown and poison, as his interest dictated. 
He had no generosity, but mere vulgar hatred: he was in- 
tensely selfish; he was perfidious: he cheated at cards: he 
was a prodigious gossip and opened letters and delighted in 
his infamous police and rubbed his hands with joy when 
he had intercepted some morsel of intelligence concerning 
the men and women about him, boasting that he "knew 
everything." 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 115 

Of course he was a desperate man and the condi- 
tion of the world at that time required just such a 
character to strike the beast, which ha.d been burn- 
ing, murdering, beheading and torturing Grod's fol- 
lowers over 1500 years. The old seven-headed 
"beast" had a regular organized system of murder 
built up and officers and agents established over the 
earth, like spiders, to throw out nets and' catch the 
weary innocent and drag them up to the post and 
burn them alive. A great office, called the Holy 
Office, was established to attend to the murdering 
and torture of all who had not the mark of the beast 
on them. 

The Inquisition or Holy Office, between 1480 
and 1809, put to death by burning 31,912; burned 
in effigy 17,659, and imprisoned 291,450. The mas- 
sacre of St. Bartholomew was political as well as 
religious, in its motives; by it some 70,000 Hugue- 
nots were put to death. In England, Mary I. caused 
277 persons to be burned to death, and Elizabeth 
put to death about 200 priests and put as many more 
in prison. This is only a "drop in the bucket" 
when compared to the wholesale slaughter that 
had been going on, hundreds of years, by direction 
of the beast with seven heads. Napoleon stepped 
onto the stage of action and slashed the beast and 
every body, so that in a shor-t time 9,200 persons were 
massacred, besides 2,122,402 soldiers were cut down 
between 1792 and 1804 A. D. The mad dance was 
going on all over Europe, and it ran into Asia and 
Africa at times. It is fully described in Revelation, 
which was written 1700 years before the perform- 
ance took place. When Napoleon had accomplished 
the things for which he was born his power sud- 



116 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

denly left him and his enemies seized him and put 
him out on an island to die there alone. He came to 
his end and no one helped him, just as the proph- 
ecy of Daniel declared that he would; although 
the prophecy was written 2300 years before Napoleon 
was born. It described his character and what he 
would do and how he would come to his end sud- 
denly. In reading it over, remember that Napoleon 
cared nothing for God in any way. He relied 
entirely" on powder and muskets and handled them 
to his own notion. Brute force was his god. 

And the kin? (Napoleon) shall do according to his will; 
and he shall exalt himself and magnify himself above every 
god, and shall speak mai-velous things against the God of 
gods; and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished. 
Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor regard 
any god, for he shall magnify himself above all. But he 
shall honor the god of forces (his armies). Thtis shall he 
do in the most strong holds, with a strange god. which he 
sliall acknowltHige and increase. (Increase his armies.) 
And he shall cause them to rnle over many, and shall 
divide the land for gain.— Daniel 11. 

Napoleon subdivided kingdoms or threw them 
together into one — just as suited his purpose best; 
and he would put a relative or a friend in charge 
of some new subdivision which he had ci*eated. 

At tlie time of the end, shall the king of the sotith push 
at him (pnsh at Napoleon): and the king of the north shall 
come against him like a whirlwind and he (Napoleon) shall 
enter into the eotmtries and shall overflow and pass over.— 
Daniel 11. 

Egypt (south of him) ciime at him, and then the 
countries north of him made a rush towards him, 
but he entered into those countries and overflowed 
or passed over them. 

He (Napoleon) shall enter also into the glorious land 
(Palestine) and many connti'ies shall be overthi'own. He 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 117 

shall stretch forth his hand upon the countries and Egypt 
shall not escape. He shall have power over the ti"easures 
of gold, silver and all pr(K!ious things of Egypt. But tidings 
out of the east and north shall ti'ouble him (Napoleon) and 
he shall go forth with great fury to destroy and utterly to 
make away with many.— Daniel 11:41 to 44. 

While Napoleon was in Egypit taking possession 
of thiO treasury and its gold and precious things and 
doing as pleaised him best, the countries around 
his own home (France) rushed in to devour his 
headquarters (at home); and this was the ''tidings 
out of the north and the east that troubled him," 
as set forth in the above prophecy ; and he hurried 
back and slashed them and "utterly made away 
with many," as the prophet sMd he would 

He (Napoleon) shall come tO' his end and none shall 
help him. — Daniel 11:45. 

Andi he did come tO' his end suddenly^ and his 
enemies rushed lq an(d seized him and took him to 
a lonely island, where no one could reach him to 
help him, just as the prophecy declared. How 
marvelous is G^od and His words! He showed to 
Daniel all the terrible and dreadful things which 
the beast with seven heads would do, and also 
pointed out how Napoleon would step onto the 
earth and halter the beast and stab it and let it 
bleed to death gradually. All this was. shown to 
Daniel, mind you, 2300 years before Napoleon was 
born. Men have wondered and written about 
Napoleon the last 100 years. They have said all 
kinds of mean things about him and called him all 
manner of bad names, a,nd have wondered why he 
was so successful in riding over the nations in the 
most desperate manner. It never occurred to the 
minds of historians that all his exploits and destiny 



118 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

were written out by God's inspired servants, thou- 
sands of years before thej took place; and that 
Napoleon was simplj^ fallowing the record laid out 
for him, a.Ithoug"h he never even suspicioned that such 
was the case, as "he regarded not the God of his 
fathers (Abraham, Isaax? and Jacob) nor any other 
god." He regarded the "god of forces" (armies 
and war), just asi the prophet had declared. That 
hall in the Pyramid turned where I have it marked 
324, and the world had to turn with it ; and Martin 
Luther and others, working on the religious line, 
beating the beast with seven heads over the eyes; 
and Napoleon coming on afterwards and stabbing 
it with swords and turning the kingdoms around 
stopped the beast from running the world further 
down, as shown by the turn in the hall, where it 
ceased to slant and started on a level (horizontally). 
(See the hall at 321.) God was not ouly checking the 
beaist (the pope and his church), but was pouring out 
upon it His indignation. 

He (Napoleon) shall do according to his will and shall 
exalt himself and shall prosper till the indignation be ac- 
complished.— Daniel 11:36. 

This certainly answers the questions as to why 
Napoleon succeeded so astonisliingly; and also why 
he came to his end suddenly, so that none could 
help him. Just so soon as the indignation on the 
beast (pope and Roman church) was accomplished. 
Napoleon came to his end. This should teach 
politicians and the public a sharp lesson about what 
causes this and that in governments; and why king- 
doms go up or down, split or turn ai-ound. Politi 
cians are always assigning some external cause for 
tiiis, that and the other thing. As I write this 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 119 

chapter (1895), an ex-congreS'Smaii, residing within 
a few miles from me, and well-informed he is on 
thingis political, is writing a book about Napoleon, 
and in it he is taking the position that Napoleon 
was a worthless man to the world, and that his 
success was caused by certain kinds of money in 
circulation in those countries at that time, and that 
when Napoleon introduced a different kind of 
monetary system it caused his defeat and brought 
his career to an end. I mention this one circum- 
stance to show how badly deceived political people 
are about causes of success or failures in govern- 
ments. Those who have no knowledge of spiritual 
things are always judging circumstance® by out- 
side appearances — ^never even dreaming that spirit- 
ual forces are constantly operating over us in our 
daily affairs. A man or a set of men will do a cer- 
tain thing and all the world will rise up and strike 
at them, with the understanding that those men are 
the cause of the action. If we step in and proclaim 
it that the real cause is spiritual and that it lies 
behind the veil, unseen by the natural eye, we are 
laughed at as being fit subjects for the insane 
asylum. People can not or will not look behind the 
veil for the spiritual forces which run the world and 
turn governments, kingdoms and people up or 
down. 

We wrestle not with flesh and blood, but with powers 
and principalities (spirits) in the air.— Ephesians 6:12. 

The people are ignorant of this fact, and, as a 
consequence, they are constantly bumping their 
heads against stone walls and receiving deadly 
injuries; and they refuse to learn any thing on the 
godly line, and' destruction continues to overtake 
them, physically, politically and spiritually. 



J 20 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge; because 
they have rejected knowk^lgre I will reject them. They 
havo forgotten the law of God and I will forget their 
children. I will change their glory into shame. I will pun- 
ish them for their ways. They shall eat and not have 
enough (famines and disaster strike them) because they 
will not take heed of the Lord.— Hosea 4. 

The above scripture is forcing itself into action 
at this date, but politicians (ignorant of prophecy 
and spiritual things of course) think that it is the 
silver question, or the Democratic party, or th(^ 
Populist party, or Republican party that is causing 
all this upheaval and unrest among the people. O, 
how tiresome and foolish their argument is to those 
who see behind the veil the forces at work to throw 
down and destroy the present governments of earth 
and establish a higher order of things. No political 
party can prevent this. Christ and the prophets 
and the apostles have declared that everything shall 
give way to the rule of Christ, and this is the sole and 
only cause for the present uproar and commotion 
among men. 

And in the days of these kings (gOYernments) shall the 
God of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be 
destroyed, but it shall break in pieces and consume all 
these (present) kingdoms. — Daniel 2:44. 

And the seventh angel sounded, and there were great 
voices in heaven, saying. The kingdoms of this world are 
become the kingdom of oiu* Lord and of his Christ. — Rev. 
11:15. 

And everything 7ww is working to this destina- 
tion. The people of earth are now dancing around 
the ^'pit" (the dark room under the Pyramid) each 
trying to push the other in. The struggle is fierce, 
as each person is determined to be head and grab the 
dollars, even if he must destroy his neighbors and 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 121 

friends to do it. Tlie mad dance will commence in 
powerful eatriLest within eighteen years from 189G. 

And the nations were angry and thy wrath is come.-— 
Rev. 11 :18. 

The world hais come down the long hall in the Pyr- 
amid, and the figures (in inches) indicate that this 
dispensation is now closing and the New Age is 
already taking root, to spread over the earth like a 
great tree. 

The kingdom of heaven is like untO' a grain of mustard 
seed planted in the gi'ound, the least of all seeds, but when 
it is grown it is the greatest among herbs and becometh a 
tree, so that the birds of the air come and lodge in the 
branches thereof— Matt. 13:31, 32. 

The foundation is already set up and the seed is 
planted, the sprout is up and the buds are swelling 
and the great spiritual building is taking form now 
on this earth, and yet the general public does not 
notice it. 

The kingdom of God cometh not with observation.— 
Luke 17:20. 

The starting of it was represented to the prophet 
Daniel a,s a little stone cut out of a mountain with- 
out hands, and it grew until it covered the earth. 
See Daniel 2. It was the starting stone and it also 
became the top or cap-stone over everything else. 
Now notice how carefully this is represented in the 
Pyramid. As the Pyramid stands to-day it has no 
cap-stone. If the builders ever put it on it has been 
removed ; but it is plausible to think that is was left 
off. It may be that it was hewn and brought onto 
the ground where the building was to be erected, 
and it served as a pattern for the whole structure. 
A Pyramid, having four sides and slanting inward, 



122 The Gi'eat Mystery Unveiled. 

will, of course, come together in a sharp point at a 
certain distance from the base. The height of this 
point all depends on the slant. After a Pyramid is 
finished, the top or peak can be sawed off a few feet 
or many feet below and that top part, so cut off, still 
remains a perfect pyramid, onl}' it is smaller. Its 
slant is the same as it was before being cut off, there- 
fore, a mathematician can take that top part (so cut 
off) and by noting its slant, can figure out how many 
feet further down it would haye to be extended so 
as to make a foundation a certain number of feet 
square; and after the foundation is laid, the small 
top peak, cut off, would show how much slant to 
giye the sides in order to make them come together 
at the right height tot meet the peak, so that it would 
set on and run to a peak on the same slant as it had 
been going. Thus nicely would this top-cap serye 
as a pattern for the whole work, from the ground up 
to the finishing point; and this being the case, the 
cap point would be made first, although it could not 
be put into the building until the yery last, as it 
would not fit in at any other place on account of its 
peculiar shape; it would haye fiye corners and fiye 
sides. The builders would, therefore, throw it 
iiside as being of no yalue on account of its odd shape. 
It would be rejected. The workmen would consider 
it a nuisance on account of its always lying around in 
their way. They would stumble oyer it and swear at 
it and kick at it. It would be oftVnding them by 
being in their way: but just wait until they run their 
building up to a height where the sides, on account 
of their s^lant, haye come almost together at the top, 
so that a square stone or a flat stone or a round stone 
will not fit the place; then they will be at their wits' 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 123 

end to know what to do ; finally, after trying to hunt 
out a stone that will fit, one of the workmen will 
pick up that five-cornered, peaked stone that had 
been so often cursed, kicked and stumbled over, and, 
in a half -angry, half-laughable manner, pitch it over 
to the other workmen and tell them tO' try it on the 
top of the building. Ah! It just fits the place. 
The slant is right, the five corners are right and the 
sharp peak is right. How nicely it completes the 
building. Hurrah for the rejected stone! It has be- 
come the very head of the building — the top stone 
ovev all. It occupies the highest seat. It gives 
beauty and form to the building. It splits the light- 
nings and throws them off as they dart down to de- 
stroy the great structure. It catches the first light 
descending from the heavens and divides it to all 
the sides. It kisses the clouds as they pass, and is 
in constant communication with the angels. Its 
high seat puts the world beneath it. All eyes are 
directed to it as it is the head corner. Its high po- 
sition puts it into the pure atmosphere of God, while 
the lower (foundation) stones, which were /?rsf chosen, 
are served last ; thus the first have become last and 
the last one bccam s first. The whole order of things 
is reversed. Just so it will be again with the inhab- 
itants of this earth in the near future. The prepa- 
rations are being made for it now. The commotion 
is becoming greater and greater each year. Society 
and governments are becoming obnoxious and dis- 
gusting in the extreme, and will finally fall to pieces. 
Churches can no longer hold the confidence of the 
people as they used to do when the world was more 
ignorant than it is now. The morning light of the 
New Age is peeping up over the hills and dispelling 



124 The Great Mystery rnveiled. 

the darkness caused by the seven-headed beast, and 
the people are catching glimpses of the perfect path 
from which the world has wandered, and they are 
gradually turning their backs on the old and dark 
order of things. Those who have been giving them- 
selves over entirely to spiritual things and learning 
the ways and the will of God, and have been cursed, 
kicked and rejected by the world on account of it, are 
beginning to be elevated towards the top of the build- 
ing, where they can be associated with the cap-stone 
in reigning over the earth. All eyes will be turned 
towards them, as they will judge the world; and in 
them will be deliverance or help to hand out to 
those who, in days past, rejected and arrested them. 

And it shall come to pass that whosoever shall call on 
the name of the Lord shall b;' delivered: for in Mount Ziou 
shall be deliverance, and in the remnant irhoni the Lord shaU 
call.— Joel 2:32. 

They shall be priests of God and of Christ and shall 
reign with him a thousand years.— Rev. 20:0. 

The tabernacle of God is with men. and He will dwell 
with them, and they shall be His people, and God himself 
shall be with them. I make all things new.— Rev. 21:3-5. 

The last (those rejected ones) will come first and 
the first ones last. Those who are piling up great 
heaps of property and grabbing after every material 
or worldly thing, and those who are striving for high 
political or social positions among men ai-e now 
looked upon by the world as leaders. They must be 
first at everything. They get the first invitations to 
the banquets and are given seats at the head of the 
table. They lead the ball and dance next to the 
music. There is scarcely any deviltry going on over 
the earth without their presence to lead it. Their 
names always appear first at the top of nevrspaper 



The Great Mystery Unveiled. 



125 



columns. "Hon. Soso and Her Rojal Highness Soso 
were present." While all these degrading things 
are going on everywhere the rejected ones (called re- 
ligious cranks) are at home in their cabins meditating 
in the deep silence to get the will of God in every 
little daily transaction. They are seeking the voice 
of the King to guide them, and when that Voice 
speaks then the kingdom of God is in earth (fleshly 
bodies) and God's will is being done in earth (in flesh) 
as it is done in heaven. The King is then in com- 
mand. The Cap-Stone has been put on that person 
and all his steps are guided by It and his wisdom 
flows from It and he is a part of It and It is a part 
of him. It is the head of him. He is in God and 
God is in him. "He thait hath seen Me hath seen the 
Father." "The mystery that hath been hidden since 
the foundation of the world but now revealed, viz., 
Christ in you." — Colossians 1 :26, 27. And these peo- 
ple who have gone back into the oaves and cabins and 
have cut loose from the world to commune with the 
e^'lence of God will, ere lo-ng, become first with the 
hc^d Cap-Stone and rule the world; while the "Hon." 
and "Her Royal Highness" and "Judge" and "Gov." 
and "Senator," etc., etc., will be last and not sit at the 
head of the table. "Behold I make all things new." 
— Rev. 21 :5. These people who are to be associated 
with the head Cap-Stone are now beginning to gradu- 
ally come together here in the United States of Amer- 
ica. It is merely the mustard seed yet, but time will 
bring out its branches to cover the earth. In his vis- 
ion, Daniel saw the starting of it as a little stone 
which grew until it covered the earth and broke up 
all other kingdoms. Those who are coming together 
to form the body of Christ (composed of many parts) 



126 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

are not seen at any of the present church services, as 
each person has the ''church"' within him, and, there- 
fore, needs no outside house in which to worship, 
as the worship goes on within himself. The reve- 
lation of God in the flesh is the rock on which Christ's 
church is built. The congregation, the house and the 
Preacher are all bound up within yourself. Your 
real spiritual self is the congregation to sit and listen. 
The Holv Ghost is the Preacher to instruct you, and 
your fleshly body is the temple in which the church 
services are carried on; therefore, you always have 
the house, the Preacher and the congregation with 
you. 

The kinjrdom of God oometh not with observation. 
Neither is it over th(»re or over here, for tlie kinj;dora of 
God is within you.— Lulie 17:21. The mystery that hath 
been hidden from grenerations but now revealed, viz.: Christ 
in you.— Col. 1:26, 27. I am with you always, even unto 
the end of the world.— Matt. 28:20. Know ye not that your 
body is the temple of God.— 1 Cor. 0:19. * On this Rock 
(God in tlie flesh) I will build .1/// Church and the j?ates of 
hell shall not prevail against it— Matt. 16:18. 

This solid church is now being brought together 
and carefully laid up, piece by piece, and it is com- 
posed of those who have discarded and cut loose 
from all the present church organizations and all 
preachers except the one great Preacher (Holy Ghost 
within), who teaches the same doctrine at all times 
and to all persons — leaving no open or doubtful 
places for the gates of hell to run in and pry open 
the building and divide it, as is the ciise with the 
church organizations of earth, who have Tom, Dick 
and Harry as preachers, who are simply feeding the 
people with intellectual opinions, so that there are 
almost as many opinions and different denominations 
as there are preachers. Their building has been 



The Ch^eat Mystery Unveiled. 127 

da/shed to many pieces and is sinking beneath 
the waves of unbelief and formality — caused by not 
having the Teacher (Holy Ghost). They cut them- 
selves out of this Teacher by saying that "the day 
of miracles is past and that no man can communi- 
cate with God noioadays.^^ 

The present great building that is being laid up 
is the Tabernacle of God shown to St. John in his 
vision. 

And T heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold, 
the tabernacle of God is with men and He will dwell with 
them and be their God (teacher).— Rev. 21:3. 

It is the same structure as referred to by Isaiah 
and by Jesus as the Elect. 

Having the Holy Ghost as their Teacher, of course 
they cannot be deceived by anybody or anything that 
may arise on earth. Deceptions and miraculous 
things are already starting up, but these people can- 
not be touched by any of them, as they are not de- 
pending on Bishop So-and-so and Reverend So-and-so 
to tell them which are genuine works of God. 

Ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, a holy 
nation, a peculiar people^ that ye should shew forth the 
praises of Him, who hath called you out of darkness into 
His marvellous light.— 1 Peter 2:9. 

When they are all gathered (as they will be 
within the next few years) they will be the grandest 
spiritual building on this earth. The great Pyra- 
mid was laid up with limestone and granite, but this 
present spiritual building is composed of live bodies. 

Ye also, as lively stones, are built up a spiritual house, 
a holy priesthood, to offer up sacrifices.— 1 Peter 2:5. 

And the finishing touch to this great spiritual 
building is the Cap-Stone (Christ) which forms the 



128 The Great Mystery Unveiled. 

head or chief corner, but which the world rejected, 
just as the little five-cornered stone was rejected in 
the Pyramid on account of its odd shape. It was a 
"rock of offense," but, finalh, became the chief stone 
and sat over all others. 

Behold I lay in Sion a chief comer stone, elect, precious. 
The stone which the builders disallowed is made the head 
of the corner. A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense. 
A livinj? Stone, disallowed by men but chosen of God.— 
1 Peter 2. 

All through the Bible, Christ is represented as a 
stone, corner-stone, stumbling stone, rock of offense, 
etc. And the Millennial Kingdom of Christ is rep- 
resented as a stone cut out without hands. 

Thus saith the Lord, T lay in Zion for a foundation, 
a stone, a tried stone, a precious corner stone.— Isa. 28:1(5. 

He shall bring forth the headstone with shoutings.— 
Zech. 4:7. 

Thiose who are to comjx)se the great spiritual 
temple, now being erected, are waiting in the Ante- 
chamber, as represt nted in the Pyramid. Thev are 
being taught the ways of God, and when their spir- 
itual education becomes completed they will be led 
into the King's Chamber or the Most Holy place, as 
represented in the Mosaic Tabernacle, where a 
special room was set apart for the Ark of the Cove- 
nant and none but the High Priest was allowed to 
approach it. That is, a person must be spiritually 
clean in order to enter into the room and dwell with 
God and have the Cap-Stone (Christ) put on him, in 
him and through him so that he can say "I am in the 
Christ and the Christ is in me. The kingdom of God 
is within me." The world has now come to the point 
when this Chief or Cap-Stone is to be set on. The 



The Great Mystery Uuveiled. 129 

rounding-out process of all past ages is now begin- 
ning with great force and velocity. 

He will finish the work and cut it short in righteousness. 
A short work will the Lord make upon the earth.— Rom, 9:28. 

Therefore, it is useless for political parties and 
churches to try to prop up the present order of things. 
It can not he done. The hour is come and the lieaA - 
enly clock is striking, and every thing is in upheaval 
and will grow wo^rse and worse until the entire po- 
litical, religious and social system is completely 
ground into pieces and obliterated. Universal right- 
eousness must and ivill take the place of the present 
ungodly state of things, but the greatest trouble and 
suffering the world has ever seen will precede the 
change. 



130 



The Hoary Past Dug Up, 



THE HOARY PAST DLO UP. 

Not many people know tliat the embalmed body 
of Pbaraoli has been found, as the newspapers are so 
busily engaged in reporting murders and arguing 
politics that scarcely any of them eyen noticed this 
great "find." 




CxCl 



RAMESES II. (PHARAOH). 



The Hoary Past Dug Up. 131 

After the body v/as found and unwrapped the ge- 
nius of the Anglo-Saxon race showed itself when 
thev sat Pharaoh up and took his photograph, and I 
now place it before you that you can look upon the 
features of the man who ruled over the Twelve 
Tribes of Israel (of whom we are a part) 3,300 years 
ago, when they were living near the mysterious Pyr- 
amid in Egj'pt. Little did he think then that we 
would hunt him up and dig him out. His nose, in 
the picture, is not in a natural condition, as the 
cloths and sheets wrapped around his head and face 
so tightly in the embalming process bent and fla.t- 
tened his nose down out of its natural position. 

nrtxe Account of t!ie Findins, 

"Among the many discoveries recently made in 
Egypt, none have been of more interest than the find- 
ing of the mummified bod}- of one of Egypt's kings, 
known in classic history as Rameses the Great, or 
Sesostris, and to Bible readers as the Pharaoh who 
oppressed the children of Israel. He was the foster- 
brother of Moses, and they doubtless grew up to- 
gether as friends and companions until Moses cast 
his lot with the despised slaves, the sons of Jacob. 
Refusing to be called the son of Pharaoh's daughter, 
he chose rather to suffer affliction with the people of 
God than to enjoy sin foir a season. Rameses be- 
came one of the mightiest rulers that Egypt ever 
knew. Under his reign the Israelites were greatly 
oppressed and their cries came up before God. 
Thirty centuries ago he died and his body was em- 
balmed. It was found in an out-of-the-w^ay place, 
and recently the bandages were taken from the body 
and the face that Moses looked upon three thousand 



132 The Hoarij Past Dug Up. 

years ago was seen to be in a good state of preser- 
vation. The body is now in ttie Egyptian Museum. 

The following account is from the official report 
of Professor Gaston Maspero, director of the excava- 
tions and antiquities, who unrolled the body: 

^The mummy (Xo. 5,233) first taken out from its 
glass case is that of Rameses IL,Sesostris,as testified 
by the official entries bearing date the sixth and 
sixteenth years of the reign of the high priest Her-hor 
Se-Amen, and the high priest Pinotem I., written 
in black ink upon the lid of the wooden mummy-case, 
and the further entry of the sixteenth year of the 
high priest Pinotem L, written upon the outer wind- 
ing sheet of the mummy, over the region of the 
breast. The presence of this description having 
been verified by His Highness the Khedive, and by 
the illustrious personages there assembled, the first 
wrapping was removed, and thei*e were successively 
discovered a band of stuff, (sic) twenty centimetres 
in width, rolled round the body; then a second wind- 
ing-sheet, sewn up and kept in place by narrow bands 
placed at some distance apart; then two thirknesses 
of small bandages; and then a piece of fine linen 
reaching from the head to the feet. A figure repre- 
senting the Goddess Nut, one metre in length, is 
drawn ujwn this piece of linen, in red and white as 
prescribed by the ritual. The profile of the goddess 
is unmistakably designed after the pure and deli- 
cate profile of Seti I., as he is known to us in the bas- 
relief sculptures of Thel>es and Abydos. Tender this 
amulet there was found another bandage; then a 
layer of pieces of linen folded in squares and spotted 
with bituminous matter used by the embalmers. 
This last covering removed, Rameses H. appeared. 



Tlw Hoary Past Dug Up. 133 

"The head is long, and small in proportion to the 
body. The top of the skull is quite bare. On the 
temples there are a few sparse hairs, but at the poll 
the hair is quite thick, forming smooth, straight 
locks about five centimetres in length. White at 
the time of death, they have been dyed a light yellow 
by the spices used in embalmment. The forehead 
is long and narrow; the brow-ridge prominent; the 
eyebrows are thick and white ; the eyes are small and 
close together; the nose is long, thin, hooked like the 
noses of the Bourbons, and slightly crushed at the 
tip by the pressure of the bandages. The temples 
are sunken; the cheek-bones very prominent; the 
ears round, standing far out from the head and 
pierced like those of a woman for the wearing of 
earrings. The jawbone is massive and strong; the 
chin very prominent; the mouth small but thick- 
lipped, and full of some kind of black paste. This 
paste being partly cut away with the scissors, dis- 
closed some much-worn and very brittle teeth, 
which, moreover, are white and well preserved. The 
mustache and beard are thin. They seem to have 
been kept shaven during life, but were probably al- 
lowed to grow during the king's last illness; or they 
may have grown after death. The hairs are white, 
like those of the head and eyebrows, but are harsh 
and bristly, and from two to three millimetres in 
length. The skin is of earthy brown, splotched with 
black. 

"Finally, it may be said that the face of the mum- 
my gives a fair idea of the face of the living king. 
The expression is unintellectual, perhaps slightly 
animal ; but even under the somewhat grotesque dis- 
guise of mummification, there is plainly to be seen 



134 The Hoary Fast Dufj Up. 

an air of sovereign majesty, of resolve and of pride. 
The rest of the body is as well preserved as the head: 
but in consequence of the reduction of the tissues 
its external aspect is less life-like. The neck is no 
thicker than the vertebral column. The chest is 
broad; the shoulders are square ;the arms are crossed 
upon the breast; the hands are small and dyed with 
henna ; and the wound in the left side, through which 
the embalmers extracted the viscera, is large and 
open. The legs and thighs are fleshless; the feet 
are long, clender, somewhat flat-soled, and dyed, like 
the hands, with henna. The corpse is that of an old 
man, but of a vigorous and robust old man. We 
know, indeed, that llameses 11. reigned for sixty- 
seven years, and that he must have been nearly one 
hundred years old when he died." 

The discovery took place on the 5th day of July, 
1881, and came about in this way: At Cairo, 
Egypt, a museum was established in which were 
placed all the curiosities discovered relating to the 
early history of the historic lands of the Pharaohs. 
The director of the museum, ^I. Maspero, observed 
for some time that travelers returning from Thebes 
brought with them relics of undoubted antiquity. 
Funeral offerings, pieces of papyrus and specimens 
of the sacred beetle of the ancient Egyptians, bearing 
the seals of Rameses 11., and of Seti L, his father, 
were shown. 

The director of the museum at once conjectured 
that an ancient tomb had been discovered by the 
Arabs, which they were stealthily robbing and dis- 
posing of their treasures to travelers as they found 
opportunity. The sequel showed that these conject- 
ures were correct. By offering a large sum of money 



The Hoary Past Dug Up. 135 

to an Arab guide he was induced to reveal the loca- 
tion of the underground tomb. 

In the meantime ^f. Maspero had left Cairo, but 
his able assistant, Emil Brugsch, took up the work. 
On the 5th of July he was led by the wily Arab to 
the concealed entrance to the tomb, and so well was 
it concealed that one might pass and repass over it 
twenty times without eyer suspecting it. 

The entrance to the tomb was a shaft cut into 
the limestone rock, 40 feet deep and about 6 feet 
square. The shaft was filled with loose stones and 
the surrounding rock was also covered over with the 
same material so that to an observer it had the ap- 
pearance of a ledge of loose stone. The stones taken 
out of the shaft, a passage was found to lead from the 
bottom of it to the heart of the mountain, a distance 
of about 250 feet. This terminated in a chamber, 
13x23 feet in extent, and about 6 feet high. In this 
chamber was found the mummy of Kameses II., with 
the mummies of thirtv-five others of the kings, 
queens and high priests of Egypt. 

"Their gold coverings and their polished sur- 
faces so plainly reflected my own excited visage 
that it seemed as though I was looking into the face 
of my own ancestors. The gilt face on the coffin of 
the amiable Queen Xofretari seemed to smile upon 
me like an old acquaintance. I took in the situation 
quickly with a gasp, and hurried to the air, lest I 
should be overcome and the glorious prize still un- 
revealed be lost to science. 

"It was almost sunset then. * * * * The val- 
ley was as still as death. Nearly the whole of the 
night was occupied in hiring men to help remove the 
precious relics from their hiding-place. There was 



136 The Eoary Past Dug Up. 

but little sleep in Luxor that night. Earlr the next 
morning three hundred Arabs were employed under 
my direction — each one a thief. One by one the cof- 
fins were hoisted to the surface, were securely sewed 
up in sail-cloth and netting, and then were carried 
across the j)lain of Thebes to the steamers awaiting 
them at Luxor." 

The mummies were carried to Cairo and placed 
in the museum, where they may now be seen ; and so, 
in God's own good time, the last resting-place of the 
oppressor of His people Israel was found. The mum- 
my of this Pharaoh only adds another evidence to the 
truth of the Bible narrative. We read in Ex. 1:11, 
^^Vnd they built for Pharaoh treasure cities, Pithom 
and Raamses.'- Only last year the Egyptian Explora- 
tion Society discovered the ruins of the city of Pi- 
thom. The bricks of which it was built, 3,300 years 
ago, bear the seal and the name of Rameses H. Mon- 
uments that have bei»n buried out of the sight of man 
these long ages attest to the fact that tlie city was 
built by Rameses IL The fact that Rameses XL 
built Pithom, taken in connection with the Bible ac- 
count, shows that he was the I*haraoh who oppressed 
the sons of Jacob and afflicted them with burdens. 
This forever silences those Bible critics who have 
held that the story of Joseph and the sojourn of the 
Jews in Egypt was but a myth. Welhausen, one of 
the most learned of this school of critics, says, in 
view of the testimony of recent discoveries, there 
can be no doubt of the truth of the Bible narrative. 
Is not the hand of God visible in this work? And is 
he not now leading men to uncover the buried monu- 
ments of the past to put to shame this age of skep- 
ticism and infidelity? — Messenger. 



The Hoary Past Dug Up, 



137 



The following comments are from Fowler and 
Wells' Phrenological Jomyial, New York. 

The other mummy, that of Seti L, the father of 
Rameses, shows, if anything, a more kindly type of 
organization, the forehead being higher, broader, and 
the features softer in outline. He was ''the new king 




SETI I. (THE OI.DBR PHARAOH). 



who knew not Joseph,-' as recorded in Exodus 1:8. 
He belonged to a new dynasty, wholly unconnected 
with that under which Joseph had attained to high 
office. It was he who built, to protect his frontier, 
the great wall and huge arsenals called in Exodus 
"treasure or store cities" (Ex. 1:11). As he grew 



138 The Hoary Past Dug Up. 

older he associated with himself on the throne his 
son Rameses, then a boy of twelve years of age, who 
reigned jointly- with him for about twenty years. 
When Seti died, Rameses reigned alone for forty- 
seven years, so that in all his reign covered a period 
of sixty-seven years. He was the Pharaoh whose 
daughter adopted Moses, and who ordered the mur- 
der of the children (Ex. 1:15-22). 

It is a startling revelation of the hoary past that 
is presented us in these human relics of an Egyptian 
period, fully three thousand years ago — relics so well 
preserved that we can gather correct data of the ap- 
pearance, age and physical characteristics of them 
when living. The new testimony they furnish of the 
truth of certain historical statements that have 
been mucli disputed is most valuable. — Phrenological 
Journal. 

This is hard evidence against the teaching of our 
spiritualizing friends who hold that the Biblesayings 
are all spiritual and figures of speech, and that the 
real things never existed, but that the Bible writers 
simply fixed' up soiue allegories to repre^^ent prin- 
ciples. ITow rapidly these critics are falling before 
the whizzing sickle of God. The people do not 
realize the intense darkness under which they are 
laboring concerning Bible teaching. How de«i>er- 
ately true the words of St. Paul are when he s;iys: 

Blindness in part is happened to Israel until the fulness 
of the Gentiles be come in.— Rom. 11:25. 



The Secret Brwnd, 



139 



THE SECKET BRAND. 




Obverse Side. Reverse Side, 

THE GREAT SEAI, OF THE UNITED STATES. 

The design was suggested by an Englishman, and was 
adopted by the Continental Congress of the U. S. June 20, 
1782. The law provided for two sides to the seal— one to 
be called the obcerse and the other the reverse side. The 
obverse (eagle side) is the one used on all public docuinentsj. 
The pyramid side is the tell-tale ear-mark slipped onto us 
to brand us as the Lost Tribes of Israel, who formerly 
lived in Egypt (Northern Africa) where the great mysterious 
Pyramid stands with its halls and slants and speechless 
record supposed to be the history of the Ages and (rod's 
plan of tlie different dispensations and turns of the human 
family. How wonderful is God! 

Mankind has no idea of the marvelous working 
of an Unseen Force that is constantly shaping the 
destiny of nations and working out the path of 
individuals. Sometimes a small and unnoticeable 
thing on earth has wrapped up within it volumes 
and volumes of the history of the past, with a dial- 
plate marked and the hand set pointing to an aston- 



140 The Secret Brcmd. 

isliing future. It walks in on time and sits down un- 
noticed and keeps its veil on until its time comes to 
speak, then it removes its covering and opens its 
mouth and rolls out a message from the eternal God 
that stuns the world. Its rumblings shake the earth 
and the inhabitants stand s{>eechless. It is the voice 
of the Most High speaking to His creatures, and if 
our ears are trained to the heavenly music of the 
spheres we can trace the melody of the angelic host 
and beat time as they sing. Lift up your heads, ye 
nations, and look at the Lord your King. He is not 
dead, but liveth. 

He marks your path and ye walk therein, whether 
ye know it or not. Ye ar(^ branded and kept in sepa- 
rate pastures according to His purposes. Thousands 
of years ago this great country of the United States 
of North America was laid off and destined for a 
purpose, but He covered His tracks behind Him so 
that no one could know the direction from which 
He came until He was ready for it to he known. 

In my No. 2 book, called The Millennial Kingdom, 
and in No. l^, called Our Xear Future, I have shown 
the movements of various nations and how they have 
been handled for a purpose, and that we, the Lost 
Ten Tribes of Israel, are a specially selected nation 
who descended from Jacob and resided with him in 
Egypt, right under the very shadow of the great Pyr- 
amid, 1,500 years before Christ. That we were led 
out of Egypt (by Moses). That we finally landed in 
Palestine and formed the grandest and most power- 
ful kingdom on earth. It fairly glittered with its 
golden Temple and fixtures. The Bible tells us that 
even the Queen of Sheba was dumfounded and had 
no spirit left in hei"(on account of astonishment) when 



TTie Secret Brand. 141 

she visited it and saw the brilliant king (Solomon) 
with his fine chariots and handsome surroundings. 
We were then united with the Jews, and our great 
thrift made us forget God and He drove us out of 
the country and destroyed our kingdom, and King 
Shalmaneser took us into captivity 721 B. C. 

God stirred up the spirit of the king of Assyria, and 
he carried Israel away to the Kiver Gozau unto this day.— 
1 Chron. 5:20. 

The Lord was very angry with Israel and removed them 
out of His sight; there was none left but the tribe of Judah 
(Jews) only.— 2 Kings 17:18. 

We were taken over to Media on the coast of the 
Caspian Sea, and from there we came to England, and 
finally, to America, where we could worship God in 
our own way; and here we are with our old ear-mark 
(the Pyramid) cut into our national seal. That Pyra- 
mid, in the shadow of which our forefathers Abra- 
ham, Isaac and Jacob lived nearly 4,000 years ago. 
Secretly and without suspicion, God forced His cho- 
sen people to this country and then handed to them 
their mark which had followed them down the 
ages. No wonder He, 2,500 years ago, commanded 
this new and then unknown country to keep still and 
not let the people know that it was already created 
and lying here ready to receive His special people 
when the time would come for Him to bring them. 
Keep silent before Me, O islands.— Isaiah, 
But now, having brought us here, the Lord has 
cut the bands and let the long-hidden secret roll out 
before us to show to us who we are and what we are 
to do in the future. We had lost our own identity 
and thought that there was no hope of ever reaching 
that high godly condition which the piophets once 



142 The Secret Brand. 

knew. We were as old dry bones that had lain out 
and bleached by the elements of time. 

The hand of the Lord was upon me and set me down in 
the Hiidst of a valley which was full of bones. They were 
Tery many and very dry. Thus saith the Lord unto these 
bones: I will cause breath (spiritual power) to enter into 
you. And breath (power) came into them and they stood 
upon their fwt. an exceeding; jxreat army. Then He said: 
These bones are the wliole House of Israel. They said, 
Our bones are dried and our hope is lost. But thus siiith 
the Lord: Ye shall A//o/r that 1 am the Lord and I will 
put my spirit in you.— Ezek. o7. 

The above prophecy is a clear statement of that 
which is to come upon us in the near future; but as 
this subject is fully presented in my books Nos. 2 
and 8, it will not be discussed here. I, therefore, 
turn to our first settlement here in America. Of 
course we or^i^anized a government and were looking 
around for some emblem to carve on our Great Seal 
of State. Something suggested the Pyramid of 
Egypt as a fit thing to be i)ictured on the St'al of this 
government; and the t'ongress of the United States, 
in 1782, adopted it then and there, and it has been our 
ear-mark ever since. This was long before the peo- 
ple of this country knew anything about the Pyra- 
mid. John Adams received the suggestion from an 
Englishman; but what put it into the Englishman's 
mind? Why should he be so interested in fixing up 
a nice and peculiar seal for this country? It is just 
as the prophet Jeremiah says: '"Ah Lord God! 
There is nothiuq too hard for Thee to do/' How secret 
is His work! He handles it right before the eyes of 
men, but they notice it not. Just look at the picture 
of the Seal set forth in this book and study its 
meaning. 



The Secret Brcmd. 143 

First is the Pyramid picture, which whispers to 
us that we hail from the land of the Pyramid (Egypt), 
where our forefathers Abraham, Isaac and Jacob 
dwelt. You remember that the prophets say that 
"T/ie Lord has set signs and wonders in Egypt, even to 
this day:' Isa. 19 :19, 20, Jer. 32. The real ''sign and 
wonder" is in Egypt yet, as stone, while we, His spe- 
cially chosen nation, carry a picture of it with us on 
our Seal so that all the world can see our ''sign." 
It even opens our own eyes that have been blinded 
so many centuries (2,600 years), during most of which 
time we have not known who we are nor the source 
from which we came; but this was all carefully re- 
corded by the Unseen Hand so that when He became 
ready to break the news to us and let us know our- 
selves, He would have the mile-posts and the "st(/n-" 
boards in their proper places, so that we could trace 
our path backward. 

I will bring: the blind by a way tliat they (we) knew not. 
I will lead tliem in paths that they have not known. I will 
make darkness liijht before them. This will I do mito them 
and not forsake them. Let them (us) jiive ^\ovy unto the 
Lord and declare His praise in tlie islands (America).— 
Isa. 42:12-17. Bring: forth the blind people. Who among 
them can sliew us former thinj;s (our aucient orig:in). Let 
them bring- forth their witnesses fwe are now doing it). 
Ye are my witnesses, saith the Lord; my servants whom 1 
have chosen. I will do a new thing. It shall spring forth. 
I will make a way in the wilderness (uncover our path).— 
Isa. 43. 

At the top of the Pyramid on our Seal is a tri- 
angle, within which is that eye of God which has so 
carefully watched us during all the 2,600 years that 
we have been sojourning since the Lord drove us 
away from Palestine. We lost track of ourselves, 
but that Eye did not. It is the head corner or cap- 



144 The Secret Brand. 

stone on the Pyramid, and is surrounded by a tri- 
angle — three-sided, meaning Faith, Hope, Char- 
it}^ — Body, Soul, Spirit. Over the eye are these 
words: "Annuit Coeptis,^^ which mean, '^He prospers 
our beginning.^^ Below the Pyramid are these words : 
"Noviis Ordo Seclorum,^^ which mean, "Xeir era in the 
ages^ Ah, the secret is let out by those words, al- 
though they were chosen and adopted by Congress 
in 1782 A. D., when the Millennial Kingdom was 
never thought of or talked about. The long lost 
''dry bones" were to have Life (Godj put in them and 
stand up, an exceedingly great army, the prophet 
said; and only a few yet are beginning to breathe 
that Life, and in the near future will stand up. The 
building is commenct^d and the ''New Era In The 
Ages" will be here soon, as expressed in our national 
Seal. The eagle is our emblem to represent swift- 
ness and highness. We soar high. We go swiftly. 
We look piercingly into things. The eagle builds 
its nest in and inhabits the high places. It is strong, 
proud and commanding. The prophets talk about 
it and use it in a figurative way. 

He shall como up and fly as the oajrle.— Jer. 49:22. 
Though thou exalt thyself as the eajrle and set thy ne«t 
among the stars (high up), etc., etc.— Ob. 4. 

Yes, we are the eagle nation. We sit on the high 
places and watch the world. We lead; they follow. 
AA>, the Ten Tribes of Israel, are the people to whom 
God gave the kingdom when He took it away from 
Judah (Jews) for rejecting the Christ. 

The kingdom of God shall be taken from you CJewsl 
and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof.— 
Matt. 21:43. 

In the Millennial Kingdom we are to become the 



The Secret Bramd. 145 

governors over Judah (Jews) and rule the nations 
of earth with the word of the Lord. 

In that day I will make the governors of Judah (Jews) 
like an hearth of fire among the wood and like a torch in 
a sheaf. They shall devour all the people round about- 
Zech. 12 :G. 

United with the Jews, as we will be, it will be 

the most powerful kingdom ever established. All 

this comes to us by the favor of God. 

The Lord will set thee on high above all nations of the 
earth and make thee the head and not the tail and thou shalt 
be above and not beneath.— Deut. 28:1, 10, 13. The Lord 
hath chosen thee to be a special people unto Himself, above 
all other people upon the face of the earth. Thou shalt be 
blessed above all.— Deut. 7:6-14. 

Without going further on this line, it is enough 
to say that sometimes the most trifling thing (seem- 
ingly so) contains volumes of wisdom, and w^e should 
learn that nothing ^^happens,'' as everything has a 
cause behind it that is pushing It and a reason for 
being here, whether we can decipher it or not; and 
it serves its purpose and then disappears and some- 
thing else comes forward in its stead. Thus it goes 
on and on in an endless chain to perfection, which is 
God ; and the time is now dawning when the world 
is being swept rapidly towards a higher state. 

"We now see as through a glass darkly, but 
when that which is perfect is come, then we shall see 
face to face.'' 



146 The Golden Mystery. 



THE GOLDEN MYSTERY. 

In this (lav when God is uncovering the works of 
His own hand and permitting men to look thereon, 
it may be that the click of the telegraph will flash 
over the earth the astounding news that the golden 
Ark of the Covenant has been found, and in it a bowl 
of the manna which the Lord rained dov»n from the 
heavens for the Twelve Tribes of Israel to eat while 
on their forty years' journey from Egypt to Pales- 
tine; also Aaron's rod which budded and blossomed 
so miraculously. The Ark of the Covenant was 
the most astonishing i)iece of furniture that ever 
sat on this earth. It wns the wouder of the world 
nearly 900 years— from about 1491 B. C. to GOO P». C, 
then it suddenly slipped away and dropped out of 
sight, leaving no tracks of its whereabouts. The Bi- 
ble has much to say about it down to a certain date, 
then its lips are sealed in the silence of God, ^Vho 
has the wonderful furniture hid away (probably) 
until the proper time comes for Him to produce His 
cause and put His witnesses on the stand and aston- 
ish a faithless world. 

Persons not familiar with the Old Testament 
are liable to ask what the Ark of the Covenant was. 
It was a small box or chest — something like a car- 
penter's tool-chest. 

While Moses was leading the Israelites from 
Egypt to Palestine, the Lord called him up on 
Mount Sinai (about 1491 B. C.) and pictured out vari- 
ous things which He desired Moses to make and carry 
along on the journey, and this Ark or chest was one 



The Golden Mystery. 



147 




6 



< 

> 

o 

u 

w 

H 
O 

Pi 
< 

W 
H 



148 The Golden Mystenj. 

of them. It was to be made of wood and then over- 
laid with pure gold, inside and outside, with hand- 
some gold border or molding around on the outside. 
The lid or top was to be pure gold (no wood in it) 
and on each end of the lid was to be a gold image 
representing an angel. These two angels were to 
face to each other and have their wings spread out. 
This golden lid was called the Mercy Seat. (See 
Exodus 25.) God, in spirit form, hovered over the 
Merc3^ Seat and talked with Moses and gave him in- 
structions as to the journey and about the rules 
which were to govern the Twelve Tribes during what 
is called the Mosjiic Dispensation, which covered 
a period of nearly 1,500 years. Then Christ came and 
set it all aside and gave the world a new order of 
things entirely, called the Christian or Gospel Dis- 
pensation, and in which we still live; but it is now 
drawing to a close; after which the Millennial King- 
dom will set in; and the measurements in the halls 
of the Pyramid of Egypt and other things go to show 
that this age will close and the new one commence 
about 1915. It will not vary many years either way 
from this, as God is already gathering His Elect or 
chosen body of people and teaching them His spirit- 
ual laws and ways as mentioned in Rev. 7:3, Jer. 3:14, 
Matt. 24:10, 41,' Joel 2:32, Isaiah G5:22. And this 
is why the Ark of the Covenant is so interesting at 
this time, as it was a siftuhol held up before the eyes 
of men to give them an idea of the real spiritual 
Tabernacle, which is just now being built; and as I 
see this spiritual building going up now, I recog- 
nize in it every little thing that was pictured out in 
that box or chest 3,800 years ago. ^yhen a person 
comes to the point of understanding the great spir- 



The Golden Mystery. 149 

itual network which is now being constructed by 
the Lord, he is astonished at the wisdom of Jehovah 
in taking a few boards and gold and constructing a 
most powerful lesson to train the minds of men. Of 
course the whole Tabernacle, Altar, shew bread, 
lamp, curtains and other fixtures connected with 
this Ark cut a figure in the lesson also; but in this 
chapter I am confining my remarks mostly to the 
golden Ark, as there are hints in the Bible and in 
other ancient writings which lead to the idea that 
the Ark is hid away and will be found when certain 
events occur on this earth ; and as these occurrences 
are drawing near, a thought seems to come whisper- 
ing down the ages, '^LooU out for the golden Ark of 
the Covenant^' I do not hold to the idea that it will 
possess the wonderful power it had during the Mo- 
saic Dispensation, as it was onl}^ a symbol^ and it 
served its purpose then, and its power is now being 
transferred to the spiritual building in process of 
construction, and about which the Ark was teaching 
men. If you are not informed on the subject you 
will ask. What wonderful power did it possess? It 
possessed the whole power of God and that means 
everything. Kone but the High Priest, who was 
carefully washed and anointed, would dare touch 
it. If any other persons touched it, it would kill 
them instantly (Numbers 4:15). Other persons 
were not even allowed to look upon it, lest they die; 
therefore, the High Priest had to carefully conceal 
it under a cloth cover before allowing the men who 
were to carry it to come in and get it (Numbers 4:20). 
It had tw^o large rings fastened on one side and two 
on the opposite side, and two long smooth poles, 
covered with gold, were put through the rings (one 



150 



The Golden Mystery. 



pole on each side) and they projected past the ends 
of the Ark far enough to be used as handles; and 
whenever it had to be moved, the chosen men for 
that purpose would take hold of the ends of those 
poles and la}' them on their shouldi'rs and walk off 
with it — some at the front and others at the rear 
(Exodus 25:12, 15). This Ark and the golden table 
and the golden candlestick and the golden Altar and 
the brass Altar were not allowed to be carried on 




THE TWELVE TRIBES OF ISRAEL MOVING. 

wagons, but had to be carried on the shoulders of 
men (Numbers 7:9 and 3:31). All the other furni- 
ture of the Tabernacle could be transported on 
Avagons, and it took six covered wagons and 
twelve oxen to draw them — ^two wagons for the 
heavy curtains and the other four wagons for 
the boards covered with gold and the brass pillars. 



The Golden Mystery. 151 

God stayed with this Ark (chest) and tallied to 
Moses and gave him instructions (Numbers 7:89); 
and this is why unholy persons would not dare touch 
it or look upon it; the spiritual power of God would 
devour them. Even the High Priest had to wash 
himself carefully before going near it. This shows 
how very clean and pure a person must be mentally 
and spiritually before he can touch God. Think 
on this point and then look over the world and sec^ 
how many persons, in the churches or out of them, 
are touching God or anywhere near Him. 

This Ark was carried along with the Israelites 
during all that forty years, and a cloud hovered over 
it day and night; at night the cloud looked like a 
pillar of fire. The Israelites were to follow the 
cloud. When it stood still they camped. If it 
started off in the night they pulled up stakes and 
went along with it. At the end of their forty years 
the cloud took them up to the east bank of the Jordan 
Kiver, which runs south through Palestine, and He 
told them that they must cross it in order to come 
into the land which He had set apart for them. He 
ordered the priests to take the golden Ark and go 
before and lead the way. The river was up high in 
the banks, as it usually overflows during all that 
season of the year (harvest time). So soon as the 
feet of the priests who were carrying the Ark 
touched the water it ceased flowing on down and 
stood still or backed up the stream, leaving the bed 
of the river dry. The priests with the Ark advanced 
to the center of the river bed and stood there while 
all the great army (about two million persons) 
passed over the dry land. After all had reached 
the opposite bank, the priests with the Ark marched 



162 The Golden Mystery, 

out also (Joshua 4:7, 23). The priests then took the 
Ark and carried it around the city of Jericho, and 
the walls of the city fell down (Josh. 6). 

The Israelites went to war with the Philistines, 
and Israel was defeated; they then took up the Ark 
and carried it out to where the next fight was to 
occur. They supposed that this Ark would cause 
them to defeat the Philistines, but the Lord had not 
commanded them to do such a thing and He let the 
battle go against Israel again and the Philistines 
captured the Ark and took it off with them (1 Sam- 
uel 4:1 to 12). A messenger came from the battle- 
field to notify the priest that the Ark had been 
captured. When the word Ark was spoken, the 
priest fell off his seat and broke his netk (1 Samuel 
4:18). The Philistines took the Ark and set it in 
their house of worship, by the side of their big idol 
which they named Dayon and which they worshiped 
as their God; during the night Dagon fell down in 
front of the Ark. Next morning they set Dagon 
back to his place, but that night he fell down again 
and broke his head and hands off, in front of the Ark. 
Of course it was the Spirit of God in the Ark that 
was knocking the idol down, and the Philistines took 
a hint and became afraid of the Ark; diseases and 
trouble were striking the Philistines thick and fast. 
They moved the Ark away to another town, but so 
soon as it arrived destruction began in that town 
also, by a terrible disease striking the people. They 
moved the Ark to another town, but destruction set 
in there too. They called a council to decide what 
to do with the Ark, as they were afraid to dstroy it, 
lest the Lord might visit worse plagues upon them. 
They decided to put it on a wagon and then hitch two 



The Golden Mystery. 



153 



cows to the wagon and turn them loose and let 
them take it as they pleased. The idea was, that if 
the Lord wanted the Israelites to have possession of 
the Ark He would direct the cows toward the land 
of Israel. The cows had young calves; and to make 




COWS DRAWING THE ARK OF THE COVENANT. 



it still more testing as to whether the Lord was di- 
recting the cows, the calves were taken from them 
and kept with the Philistines. If the cows would 
turn away from their calves and go towards Israel 
it would show that God was influencing the cows. 



154 The Golden Mystenj. 

The cows (hitched to the wagonj were turned loose, 
and 'dwsiy they went to the Israelite community. 
(See 1 KSamuel 6.) The Israelite people saw the cows 
and the Ark come down the road and turn into 
a field of an Israel man and stop at the side of a big 
rock, and some harvest hands went and took the 
Ark down from the wagon and set it on the rock; 
and of course they were curious (just as people are 
now) to examine the Ark, and they lifted the lid and 
looked into it and it slew 50,070 persons in the 
neighborhood for looking in. The Lord had given 
everybody warning to stay away from it, but they 
disregarded the warning (1 Samuel G:10). 

I pause to relate a remarkable circumstance 
about the road over which the cows traveled when 
drawing the Ark from the Philistines to the Israel 
l)eople. Palestine is rough, with (in some places) 
only narrow valleys or ravines winding around 
between the hills. The roads, of course, followed 
these valleys. The railroad recently constructed 
from Joppa to Jerusalem follows the same valley 
or road over which the cows traveled in going to- 
wards Jerusalem, 1,100 years before Jesus of Naza- 
reth was born. As one rides along on the train 
to-day the valley of Beth-shemesh, into which the 
cows came with the Ark, is in plain view at the side 
of the railroad. 

And thoy of Both-shemesh were reapinir their wheat 
harvest, iu the vaHey: aud they lifted up their eyes aud 
saw the Ark and rejoiced to see it. And the cart came into 
the fiehl and stood there where there was a great stone.— 
1 Samuel G:13, 14. 

Little did the harvest hands then in the valley 
think that a sw'ift whirling train of cars, drawn by 



The Golden Mystery. 155 

locomotives manufactured in a great unknown coun- 
try called America, would, 3,000 years later, come 
steaming down that same road and w hirl past them 
on its way to Jerusalem. Ah, God, Thou art mar- 
velous! 

The Israel people then removed the Ark to a 
man's house, where it remained twenty years (1 
Samuel 7:1, 2). David became king over Israel 
and he sent to that house for the Ark. They put 
it onto a wagon and started with it, but on the road 
the oxen either stumbled or in some way shook it, 
and one of the men put out his hand and touched it 
to steady it and he fell over dead instantly. This 
displeased David and also made him afraid to re- 
move it further, so he had it placed in another man's 
house, where it remained three months and caused 
that man to prosper abundantly (2 Samuel 6:11); 
then David sent for it again, but this time he ordered 
it carried on the shoulders of men (as the Lord had 
instructed Moses) and it came through all right, and 
David placed it in a tent which he made for it 
(2 Samuel 6). After David died, Solomon became 
king and built the great Temple and removed the 
Ark into it about 1005 B. C. (1 Kings 8:1 to 12). 
Whenever any of the Israelites fell into trouble, if 
they would turn their faces towards the Temple, 
wherein w^as the Ark, the Lord would send relief. 

The Ark remained there until about 606 B. C, 
since which time no human being can trace its where- 
abouts. About that date (606 B. C), Nebuchad- 
nezzar, king of Babylon, came over with an army 
and destroyed the Temple and took the people cap- 
tive. He carried away all the gold and fixtures 
about the Temple, but he did not get the Ark, as a 



156 The Golden Mystery, 

list of articles which he took is set out in the 52d 
chapter of Jeremiah, but the Ark is not in the list; 
and if it had been in the Temple he would have 
picked on it first, as it was gold and very vauable 
in many ways. 

Josephus, the Jewish historian, who lived about 
the time of Christ, speaks in his writings about the 
king of Babylon destroying the Temple and carrying 
the furniture away; and he gives a list of it, but the 
Ark is not in his list. It is a certain thing that the 
Ark had been taken out of the Temple before the 
siege struck the city, and as Jeremiah was the ser- 
vant of God at that date he was foreshown that the 
army from Babylon would come over to Jerusalem 
and destroy the Temple; and it is quite reasonable 
to think that Jeremiah took the Ark out of the 
Temple and hid it away to prevent the army from 
getting it. There are some hints of this kind in 
the various- ancient writings. In the bid Bibles 
which were in use fifty years ago were a lot of writ- 
ings called Apocrypha, and which w^ere always con- 
sidered as not being inspired, and for this reason 
the Bibles of to-day do not contain those writings; 
but even if they were not inspired they contained 
much history on valuable points, among which I 
find the following in 2 Maccabees 2:4, 8: 

"It wns also contained in the snmo writins. that the 
prophet, beinj? warned of God, commanded the Tabernacle 
and the Ark to go with him, as he went forth into the 
mountain where Moses climbed up and saw the heritage 
of God; and when Jeremy came thither, he found a hollow 
cave, wherein he laid the Tabernacle and the Ark. and the 
Altar of Incense, and so stopped the door. And some of 
those that followed him came to mark the way, but the.v 
could not find it, which, when Jeremy perceived, he blamed 
them, saying, 'As for that place, it shall be imknown imtil 



The Golden Mystery, 157 

the time that God gathers His people again together and 
receives them in mercy. Then shall the Lord show them 
these things; and the glory of the Lord shall appear, and 
the cloud also, as it was shown unto Moses.' " 

The above is rather stunning evidence that the 
Ark is to be found when God gathers His people 
together again; and as He is now gathering His 
Elect it is not unreasonable to think that this great 
and wonderful Ark will roll out before the eyes of the 
people ere long. Some think that Jeremiah took 
it to Ireland about 585 B. C, and that a king built 
a tomb for his dead wife and put the Ark in it and 
then covered the tomb over with a great mound of 
earth and called the mound Tara, which means two 
tables. The Ark contained the two stone tables on 
which were written the Ten Commandments given 
to Moses; and as Tara means two tables, it is a 
suspicious circumstance that forms a link in the 
chain of evidence about the Ark. Very old history 
of Ireland seems to hint something about Jeremiah 
coming there, but of course the Lord has been very 
careful not to allow any definite history made about 
the Ark if it is His intention to spring it upon us as 
a stunning witness ; and many things go to show that 
such is His aim. He told Moses to save a potful of 
the manna as a witness for generations, that they 
might see the kind of bread which the Lord furnished 
to the Israelites during their forty years' journey. 
Moses told Aaron to attend to it, and Aaron laid it 
up before the Testimony (Exodus 16:32-85). The 
two stone tables of Testimony were kept in the Ark; 
and 1 Kings 8:9 says that nothing else but those 
were in it when Solomon placed it in the Temple, 
but St. Paul, in Hebrews 9:4, says that the golden 
pot of manna and Aaron's rod that budded were also 



158 The Golden Mystery, 

in the Ark. Tlie word "iclierein^^ in verse 4 maj 
mean the room in whieti the Ark sat. 

If the articles mentioned in Hebrews were ever 
in it they must have been taken out. The Ark was 
for some time in the possession of the Philistines 
after the death of Eli, and was opened (see 1 Samuel 
6:19), so they may have been removed then. It is, 
however, more probable that the word ^'wherein," 
in Hebrews, refers to the room in which the Ark was 
kept. There was a coffer there with the Ark, con- 
taining other precious thinjrs (see 1 Samuel 0:15), 
in which the manna and the rod were likely to be 
kept. But however this may be, the Ark is certainly 
in existence, and circumstances jro to show that it 
will be uncovered by the Lord at the proper time. 
A careful study of its history and its meaniuj; and 
the meaning:: of all the fixtuin;^ in and about the 
Tabernacle is the most valuable lesson men can 
learn at this time. It will teach them what is soon 
to come on this earth in the New Ajre. It teaches 
the peculiar and important s-rvice to l>e perfonued 
by the Elect body of persons now beinjr brought 
together to compose the Tabernacle of God, as 
mentioned in Rev. 21 :X 

I heard n jrreat voice out of honvon sayinir. Behold the 
Tabernacle of God is with meu and Clod himself shall be 
with them. 

God's power stayed with the golden Ark and 
would talk with Closes from that place and give 
instructions. When they carried the Ark to the 
Jordan River the water parti d and let the Israelites 
pas8 over. When they carried it arouud the city of 
Jericho the walls fell down and let them enter in 
and take possession. Whenever any thing would 
go wrong with the Israelites all they had to do was 



TTie Golden Mystery. 159 

to look towards the Temple, wherein the Ark sat, and 
pray to God there for help and help would come. 
Grod was centered there in that building. Just so it 
will be in this new spiritual building now being 
constructed. The tangible or outside part of it will 
be made up of human beings (lively stones, 1 Peter 
2:5); but the power of God will be with them to 
deliver the world from its trouble. 

And it shall come to pass that whosoever shall call on 
the Lord shall be delivered, for in Ziou shall be deliverance 
and in the Remnant whom the Lord shall call.— Joel 2:32. 

This Elect body of persons, composing the great 
Tabernacle, will be as God and shall not only have 
power of deliverance^ but all other power, as w^as rep- 
resented by the golden Ark and the Tabernacle, for 
the reason that Christ will be in these people and 
He doetli the works. 

In that day, the House of David shall be as God, as the 
angel of the Lord before the world.— Zech. 12:8. 

Having such wonderful power, of course they 
overcome death and walk right over it and trample 
it under foot and live on like a tree. 

There shall no more be an infant of days, for the child 
shall die an hundred years old; for as are the days of a 
tree shall the days of my people be, and mine Elect shall 
long enjoy the work of their own hands.— Isa. G5:20-22. 

It is easily seen that people with such power 
of God could not be deceived, as it would be like 
deceiving God — a thing impossible. 

There shall arise false Christs and false prophets and 
shall shew great signs and wonders, so that if it were pos- 
sible they would deceive the very Elect.— Mi\t\. 24:24. 

They will be a chosen body of persons to act as 
a Royal Priesthood, and, as such, must be fully 



IBO The Golden Mystery. 

washed before going in before the Lord, just as 

Aaron, the high jjriest, had to wash himself in 

icater before touching the Ark. These coming 

l)riests will all be washed, not in water, but by the 

Spirit. 

Ye are a chosen jreneration. a Royal Priesthood, a holy 
nation; as lively stones are ye built up :i spiritual house, a 
holy priesthood.— 1 Peter 2:r>, 9. 

They will be the same statiire or height (spirit- 
ually) as Jesus was and will do the miracles He did 
and greater ones. 

Till we all come in the unity of the faith, unto a perfect 
man, to the measm-e of the stature of Christ.— Eph. 4:13. 

He that belioveth on Me, the works that T do he shall 
do also; and ^n-eater works than these shall he do.— .John 
14:12. 

By this it must iiot be understood that I deny the 
divinity of Christ. I simply take His own words 
as to how great men can and icill become during the 
Millennial age, which is soon to set in, when "Thy 
will be done in earth as in heaven." This great 
spiritual company now being built together will be 
known to all the world and all nations will look 
to it for teaching about God, especially at the 
hey inning of the New Age. 

It shall yet come to pass that the inhabitants of many 
cities shall come, sayinj;. Let us j;o speedily to seek the 
Lord; for in those days ten men shall take hold out of 
all laufjuases of the nations, even shall take hold of the 
skk-t of a Jew, sayinir. We will jio with you. for we have 
heard, that God is with you.— Zoch. 8:20-23. 

I will f:ot them praise and fame in every land, even hi 
the time that I srather you. for I will make you a name 
and a praise among all people of the earth, when 1 turn 
back your captivity before your eyes, saith the Lord.— 
Zephaiiiah 3:19, 20. 

The eaptlvity mentioned in the above scripture 



The Golden Mystery. 161 

is fully shown and explained in my Millennial 
Kingdom book, in which the dates and facts 
are presented. Thisi coming spiritual nation (the 
Elect) are the same as foreshown in Rev. 7. The 
sealing mentioned there is now going on, and the 
extreme trouble and tribulation whichi are to stike 
the earth are being held back until the "sealing" 
of this Royal Body of High Priests is accomplished. 
(Notice Rev. 7:1-5.) They will take the place of 
Aaron, the high priest, who stayed cloise to the 
golden Ark; indeed they will be the Ark, the priest, 
the Tabernacle, the Altar and all the fixtures, and 
the power of deliverance will be in them as it was 
in the Ark. Failures of crops and tribulations will 
be swept from the world and general peace and 
godliness will take possession; but before this 
great change can come, a season of many years 
of afflictions, pestilences, failure of crops, floods, 
drouths, new diseases, insanity, wars and dread- 
ful tribulation will set in. Indeed they are already 
here in mild form, but growing worse each year, 
so that men are complaining that there is no work 
for themselves or teams, and that they are sick 
physically, financially, and morally; and that every 
man is up and against his neighbor, trying to cheat 
him and beat him in every way, so that existence 
seems so burdensome that many are suiciding. This 
is all set out in the prophecies as having to come 
before the Millennial age, with its g;oodness, can 
set in; but people are not acquainted with the 
prophecies, and, therefore, can not discern what the 
matter is just now, and what causes such a dread- 
ful stagnation in business affairs and trouble in 
every way. If they will read what God's prophets 
said about these times they will see something. 



162 The GoUen Mystery. 

Before these days there was no hire for man nor beast; 
neither Avas there any peace on account of afflictions, for 
I set all men, every one against his neighbor; but noic (in 
the New Age soon to set in) I will not be unto the remnant 
of this people as in the former days, for the seed shall ba 
prosperous; the vine shall give its fruit and the ground shall 
give its increase, and the heavens shall give their dew; 
and I will cause the remnant of this people to possess all 
these things.— Zech. 8:10-12. 

Ah, if the people could be made realize the 
dreadful scourging soon to fall upon this earth, it 
seems as though they would drop their extreme 
foolishness and turn over a new leaf; not through 
fear or selfish purpose, but because they owe better 
service to God and to themselves and their children. 
God has been lenient and merciful to the world, but 
mankind seems prone to run after every thing but 
the good. So long as they are prosperous and have 
])lenty to c^at and a bed in which to sleep and no 
pains to bother them they never think about God, 
man nor any thing; and the only way to make them 
think, it seems, is to heat the branding-iron red-hot 
and put it to them until it burns into the flesh and 
causes extreme agony; then they ci*y for help. This 
is exactly what they will do within a few years from 
now. The time is expiring. This age is about to 
close and the Millennial age is about to start in, and 
its grandeur and goodness is a great prize worthy to 
seek. Human intellect can not form an idea of the 
brilliancy and peacefulness of it. This is why the 
prophet Daniel says that it will be a great favor 
indeed to be born onto the earth at the rigid time to 
meet this new order of things. 

Blessed is he that wniteth (birth held back) and cometh 
to the 1335 days.— Daniel 12:12. 

As this branch of the subject is discussed in my 
books Nos. 2 and 3, it will not be dwelt upon here. 



Ancient Assyrian TaUets Found. 163 



ANCIENT ASSYRIAN TABLETS FOUND. 

The veil which has hung over the face of the 
earth 6,000 years or more and shut out from sight 
the tracks and turns in the path of the ancient in- 
habitants of earth is now being removed and we are 
permitted to look back on the hoary past, and, with 
breathless astonishment view the movements, of 
nations and of individuals; and as we do so we find 
the key to the mysterious statements of the Bible 
writers who understood the situation and wrote ac- 
cordingly; and it is only after we have a knowledge 
of the "lay of the land" and the circumstances sur- 
rounding it that we can read about a country and 
its history understandingly. Then the statements 
become live words so that our minds grasp the har- 
mony of the narrative and makes it seem as of only 
yesterday. The world has passed through many 
struggles. Men have come onto the stage of action 
and played their part and turned the human family 
into new paths and then left the earth for new hands 
to manipulate. One common purpose is behind it 
all. That purpose is the perfection of mankind and 
redemption of all the earth. Sometimes the changes 
and weavings in the great plan have become stormy 
and turbulent so that the final outcome could not, 
just at the time, be discovered or understood, but 
the untiring Hand overturns and overturns until 
the corners are rounded and the great building of 
God takes on the required form so that its general 
outline can be seen through the scaffold-work. 
One of the men who helped to divide, destroy, build 



164 Ancient Assyrian Tablets Found. 

up, turn and change men and goTernments was 
Sennacherib, a king of Assyria, who was on the 
earth about 700 B. C. He came on as king of Assyria 
(the country away northeast of Palestine) soon after 
the Ten Tribes of Israel were taken captive and led 
over in that direcfion to the Caspian Sea, which is 
still east of the Assyrian country. In reading 
about this country (Assyria) you must be careful 
not to get the idea that it is Palestine, as such an 
idea will throw you into hopeless confusion so that 
the Bible narratives become a great tangled mess 
of contradictions, as the Bible has much to say about 
xVssyria and Syria, which are two countries with 
widely different histories. Notice the difference in 
the spelling of the two names. Syria took in the 
northern part of Palestine and went east 150 miles 
to the Euphrates River and sometimes (under cer- 
tain rulers) still further east to the Tigris River. 
Then, on the east line of Syria commenced Assyria, 
which was inhabited by the Gentiles who woi*sliiped 
idols and carried on high carnival; while Syria west 
of Assyria was inhabited by a powerful Hittite king- 
dom and a mixture of other people, all Gentile idol- 
worshipers except the Israelites, who knew the true 
God, but they gradually fell into the ways of their 
neighbors and worshiped idols too, although they 
were under the Israelite government, which was 
almost continually in controversy with the Assyrian 
country east of Syria. The two countries (Syria and 
Assyria) were nearly always spiting each other, and 
the final wind-up of it all was that the Israelites 
were captured and taken away by force, and they 
have never returned. It is pretty clearly proven 
that we, the Anglo-Saxons (English-speaking people 



Ancient Assyrian Tablets Found. 165 

of the United States and of England and a few 
others) are those people who were captured by 
the Assyrians. So here we are, away out here in 
the United States of America, the leading nation of 
the world, while our ancient homestead is now in- 
habited by the desperate and terrible Turks; and 
the Assyrians who took us (721 B. C.) lost their 
government and have been marauding around in 
ups and downs 2,500 years. The Bible has much 
to say about our ancient trouble with the Assyrians 
and the record of it is plain after one understands 
the "lay of the land" and the surroundings at that 
time, and this is why I mention this man Sen- 
nacherib, the dashing king of Assyria, as he played 
a bold part in our ancient homestead (Palestine). 
He had a hankering to be looking after us (over in 
Canaan) in a way that would be to the most advan- 
tage to him and his country of Assyria, which, as 
I have mentioned, lay east of Palestine. He had 
swept down several nations so successfully that he 
had the idea that nothing could stand against him. 
He came over to Palestine and bombarded the Jew- 
ish kingdom and forced the king to pay him money 
and valuables. The JeAvish king raked up all the 
money he could find and paid it over and also cut 
the gold off the Temple doors and from the pillars 
and handed that over to the Assyrian king (2 Kings 
18:13, 16). Some time after this plundering the 
Assyrian king sent word that he would come again 
and cut them down if they did not obey his dictates. 
He sent word that the God of the Jews could not 
prevent him from destroying the Jewish kingdom, 
and in support of this argument he referred them to 
the other nations who had trusted in their wooden 



166 Ancient Asstjrian Tablets Found. 

gods (idols) and failed. He thought the God of the 
Jews was like the gods of other nations, but herein 
he made a great mistake. The God of the Jews 
was the ruler of the universe, but Sennacherib did 
not believe it, so he came on with a great army to 
attack the Jews and camped just outside the city, 
and that night the angel of the Lord struck down 
185,000 men of the Assyrian army. When morning 
came there lay the great number dead. Sennache- 
rib came to the conclusion that it was a dangerous 
move to attack the God of the Jews and he, there- 
fore, turned his steps homeward to Nineveh and wor- 
shiped his own idol god; and while he was in the 
very act of bowing to his idol two of his own sons 
slipped up behind him and killed him. (See 2 Kings 
19:35-37.) This peculiar narrative in the Bible has 
always been regarded with suspicion as to the truth 
of it, but just recently some ancient Assyrian tablets 
have been dug up in Asia, and on one is printed a 
history of this identical tragedy, which agrees in 
every respect with the Bible account of it. The 
slab is of unbaked clay. It deals with the wars and 
assassination of this man Sennacherib as follows: 

"On the 20th day of Tobit (modern Deoeniber-.Tannary), 
Sennacherib, Kinjx of Assyria, in a revolt his sons killed him. 
On the IStli day of Adar (FebiTiary-March), Esarhaddon, 
his son, sat on the throne of Assyria." 

Now read the Bible statement about this same 
occurrence and see how closely it agrees with the 
ancient clay slab, dug up from its grave to beat an 
unbelieving world. 

And it came to pass, as Sennacherib was worshippins: 
in the house of Nisroch, his srod. that Adrammelech and 
Sharezer his sons smote him with the sword; and they 



Ancient Assyrian Tablets Found. 167 

escaped into the land of Armenia. And Esarhaddon his 
son reigned in his stead.— 2 Kings 19:36, 37. 

His assassination occurred about 680 B. C. 
How nicely and quietly God has prepared things to 
come forth at the proper time to stop the mouths of 
a proud and stiff-necked people. xVh, but there will 
be a rattling of dry bones in the near future that will 
make the teeth of people clatter. They will hunt 
the holes in the rocks and crawl in, trembling, ''when 
the Lord cometh out of his holy habitation to shake 
terribly the earth." They will not stop to argue 
Him out of existence as the}^ now try to do. 

The spiritual twisters and symbolizing critics 
have, no doubt, argued that no such a man as Sen- 
nacherib ever existed. All symbol. No sons ever 
killed him. He never marched against Jerusalem. 
Never lost 185,000 men all in one night by the hand 
of God. All symbol to represent a principle, they 
say. I presume that they will now say the clay 
tablet containing the history of his assassination 
never existed. All symbol, meaning some spiritual 
thing In the sky, and that the real tablet never ex- 
isted at all. I often meet with people who are hon- 
estly trying to be Christians, and yet they have 
these curious ideas about all the Bible statements 
being figures of speech, and that the real things 
never occurred. Things are now coming to light 
that will overthrow all such abominable stuff. 
Thousands of clay tablets (slabs) are now being dug 
up out of the ruins of Nineveh, Babylon, Jerusalem, 
Egypt and elsewhere that have printed on them the 
important history of ancient times; and this clay 
slab history throws light on many of the Bible narra- 
tives. For instance: This man, Sennacherib, built 



168 Ancient Assi/rmn Tablets Found. 

for himself, in Nineveh, a fine palace, coTering eight 
acres of ground, and having (iO rooms on the first 
floor and a hall 180 feet long and 40 feet wide. He 
went over to northern Palestine, hundreds of miles 
west of him, and cut down the cedars of Lebanon 
and drew them over to Xineveh and used them in 
his palace building. This is what the prophet 
Isaiah is hitting at in his writings about Sennache- 
rib, who claimed that he could do as he chose, and 
that he intended to come against the Jewish king- 
dom at Jerusalem, and that the God of the Jews 
could not hinder him; but I have shown that He did 
hinder him most severely by striking down 185,000 
of the Assyrian soldiers in one night. Sennache- 
rib liiid been cutting and hauling the tine cedars out 
of God's chosen country (Palestine) and doing other 
bold exploits long enough, and the Jewish king laid 
the matter before the Lord and asked })ratection, and 
the Lord, through the prophet Isaiah, spoke as 
follows: 

Then Isaiah said: Thus saith the God of Israel: "Where- 
as thou {the Jcirish kiii!j) bast prayed to me agrainst 
Sennacherib, kinjLr of Assyria, this is the word Avhieh 
the Lord hath spoken concerniujr him: By thy servants hast 
thou (Sennacherib) reprtxiched the Lord and said: By my 
chariots I come np to the sides of Lebanon (mountain) and 
I will cut down the tall cedars and choice fir trees theret>f 
and will enter into the forests of Carmel. With the soles of 
my feet have I drieti up all the rivers of the besieged cities. 
{lie liitd torn up the eoimtp'it and irna boastinfj of it and how he 
intended to do so at/a in.) Therefore, thns saith the Lord 
coneernini? the kinff of Assyria (Sennacherib). He shall not 
come into this city (Jerusalem).— Isa. 37:21-38. 

And he did not accomplish his second raid. He 
lost his men and had to turn back to his home where 
he had his fine palace, the interior of which was 
finished with carvings and paintings of generals 



Ancient Assi/rian Tablets Found. 109 

of the army and horses, etc., drawn on the walls and 
painted a bright red (called vermilion). 

The pictures were flashy and brilliant to look 
upon. War scenes and other exploits were ''por- 
trayed" on the walls of the great palace which was 
located in the city of Nineveh w^hich, history says, 
was 21 miles long and 9 miles broad, which would 
make 60 miles around it. It is claimed that the 
wall around the city was 100 feet high and so broad 
that three carriages could drive, side by sde, on top 
of it. It had 1,500 towers, each 200 feet high, shoot- 
ing up from the walls. The city was destroyed 
about GOO B. C, and its ruins were covered over by 
dirt and rubbish being blown upon it, so that it was 
buried as in a grave, just as the prophecies declared 
it would be. The covering of dirt over it was so 
complete that the ruins had the appearance of being 
natural hills, and people (hundreds of years after- 
ward) regarded them as such until recently they 
have been dug up and the buried buildings brought 
to light. The ruins make a mound about 60 miles 
around it, which shows that the history declaring 
the size of the city to have been 60 miles in circum- 
ference is correct. The inhabitants w^ere wicked and 
carried on with a "high hand-' against the God of 
the Jews, as the Assyrians (Nineveh people) knew 
nothing about a spiritual God, as they had wooden 
and stone gods (idols) and trusted in them and 
laughed at the Jewish idea about an unseen God 
in spirit form; and they (the Ninevehites) would 
tantalize the Jews and sneer at the God of Israel, 
and run over into Palestine and sweep down the 
Jewish cities and then laugh at the weakness of the 
God of the Jews for not being able (as the Nineveh 



170 Ancient Assyrian Tablets Found. 

people thought) to protect them. The God of Israel 
permitted them to go on in this way for a time and 
then He told the prophet Jonah to go over to Nine- 
veh and tell the people there that if they would not 
repent and behave themselves He would surely de- 
stroy the city. Jonah knew the people over there 
would laugh at him and sneer at his God, so Jonah 
tried to avoid the command of the Lord by starling 
out in the opposite direction and running away. 
He took the first ship going west and after they were 
away out on the water a storm came up and dashed 
the ship around like mad so that the officers and 
passengers put their heads together to know -what 
they would better do, and they came to the conclu- 
sion that there was on the ship somebody who was 
causing the raging storm and that he must be put 
out in ordc^' to prevent the ship from sinking. They 
did not know which one of the passengers was the 
cause of the trouble, and so they agreed to cast lots 
on the matter and then stand by its decision. The 
lot fell on Jonah, and they gathered hold on him and 
threw him out into the water and a large fish swal- 
lowed him, and he remained in its belly three days 
and three nights and then the Lord caused the fish to 
vomit Jonah out on dry land, after which the Lord 
told him to go over to Nineveh and tell the people 
that message which He had delivered to him before 
he (Jonah) started to run away. Jonah's experi- 
ence had taught him that it was useless to try to 
run away, therefore, he went to Nineveh and did as 
the Lord commanded, and the people repented (see 
Jonah 3) ; but it seems that they soon forgot it and 
fell back into their old ways, and the city was de- 



Ancient Assyrian Tablets Found. 171 

stroyed at last and covered over with dirt, just as 
the prophecies had declared. 

Woe to the bloody city. It- is full of lies and robbery. 
I am against thee, saith the Lord. I will shew the nations 
thy nakedness and shame. I will cast abominable filth 
upon thee; and it shall come to pass that all who look upon 
thee shall flee and say, Nineveh is laid waste. The fire 
shall devour thee and the sword shall cut thee off and eat 
thee. up. Thy nobles shall dwell in the dust.— Nahum 3. 

The above prophecy came true with the rigidness 
of iron, and that once great city was ruined and 
buried and slept beneath the dirt which covered its 
shame so that during all of those 2500 jears men 
passed by its location believing that the mound 
caused by its ruins was a natural hill until recently 
Layard, Botta, Smith and others have dug her out 
from her grave, and thej^ find temples, palaces and 
buildings whose walls are decorated with paintings 
of armies and horsemen and other scenes, all painted 
in vermilion (a bright red color), which go to prove 
that the prophets had been there and looked upon 
those gay red pictures while the city was in its great- 
est prosperity; ami of course the spirit of the Most 
High told the prophets that the gay and flourishing 
city would meet with a great calamity and that all 
of those pictures and images and carved walls 
should go under the dirt on account of the wicked- 
ness of its people. The prophet Ezekiel was cap- 
tured and taken over there in that Assyrian country 
when the other Israelites were captured, and he 
(the prophet Ezekiel) gave his Israelitish brethren 
a good sound lecture on the reason why they were 
captured and held as prisoners over there by the 
Assyrians. He told the Israelites that the ungodly 
idol ways of the Nineveh people had attracted 
the eyes of the Israel people so greatly that they 



172 Ancient Assyrian Tablets Found. 

(the Israelites) had forgotten God. Those gay red 
pictures and the aimy of men mounted on prancing 
horses and parading through the streets of Nineveh 
were more flashy to look at than God (according to 
the Israelites' ideaj and a« a consequence God had 
permitted them to be captured and held there as 
prisoners. Now notice how plainly Ezekiel lays it 
down to them; and it shows that he had seen these 
identical palaces of Nineveh iuid had looked upon 
the carvings and red pictures on the walls which 
we are just now digging out from under the dirt 
and bringing them to the light so that all nations 
can look upon them and form a correct idea of what 
the city used to be :>,0()0 yt-ars ago. Now hear 
Ezekiel tell it; but before reading it I must explain 
to you that he was lecturing about the Ten Tribe 
kingdom of Israel which occupied the northern 
half of I'alestine, and the Judah kingdom which 
occupied the southinn half. You remember that i 
have shown to you in my books Nos. 2 and 3 how 
the Israelitish kingdom was divided into two parts 
on account of the quarrel they had among them- 
selves* The northern kingdom (Ten Tribes) was 
called Israel or Samaria, while the southern king- 
dom was called Judah or Jerusalem. You must 
remember this and these names if you want to 
understand the prophecies, as they refer to them as 
Israel and Judah or Samaria and Jerusalem or 
Judeii. Ezekiel, in his lecture, calls them two 
women, because they were always acting the har- 
lot; that is, they were doing things against God, 
and he (Ezekiel) compares them to two sisters who 
had fallen in love with the Assyrians and the gay 
way over there. He was hitting at Israel and 
Judah for wanting to associate with those heathen 



Ancient Assyi^n Tablets Found. 173 

Assyrians who worshiped idols. Now you can 
understand Ezekicl's lecture. 

The word of the Lord came to me saying: There were 
two woman (Israel and .ludaJi) and they commited whore, 
dom. Their names were Aholah {mcanimj Israel, Ten Tribes) 
and Aholibah her sister {which means Juilah, the Jews). And 
Aholah (Ten Tribes) played the harlot, and she doted on 
her lovers, the Assj'rians (the people of Nineveh), who were 
clothed with blue; all of them desirable young- men, riding 
upon horses (gay and flashy, as the pictures on the walls now 
show). She (Ten Tribes) committed whoredom with them. 
With their idols she defiled herself; wherefore, I have de- 
livered her (Ten Tribes) into the hands of her lovers, the 
Assyrians; and when her sister (Judah, Jews) saw this 
she was more corrupt than Israel (Ten Tribes). I saw that 
they both (Israel and Jews) took one way; for when sho 
(Judah) saw men portrayed upon the wall with vermilion, 
with girdles upon their loins, in dyed attire, she doted on 
them. {Here are the red pictures and carvings on the walls 
which we are now digging up out of the ruins of Xineveh.) 
Therefore, I will raise up thy lovers (the Assyrians) against 
thee and they shall strip thee out of thy clothes. {Strip the 
Jews.) I will do these things unto thet' because thou hast 
gone whoring after the heathen (Assyrians) and became 
polluted with their idols. Thou (Judah, Jews) hast walked 
in the way of thy sister (Israel, Ten Tribes) and thou shalt 
drink of thy sister's cup. deep and large, and thou {Jeivs) 
Shalt be filled with sorrow and desolation, with the cup of 
thy sister Samaria {meaning the cup of Israel, the Ten 
Tribes).— BzeUel 23. 

All of this has come true to the very letter, as 
we now find those old walls with their carvings and 
red pictures which represented the gay life of the 
Nineveh people who defiled us (the Ten Tribes of 
Israel) with their idols and heathen foolishness so 
that the Lord drove us out of Palestine and had the 
king of Assyria take us prisoners, and we lost the 
prophets out of our ranks and the Lord hid His face 
away from us so that we have been marauding 
around over the earth over 2500 years and meeting 



174 Ancient Assyrian Tablets Found. 

with all kinds of disaster, such as wars, sweeping dis- 
eases, plagues, and, finally, the Roman beast stepped 
onto the earth and began to behead us and lead 
us into ignorance and dai'kness, and we have become 
drunken and debauched and have snakes in our boots 
and cut and slash and skin and hang each other in a 
most desperate wa}'. We (the Ten Tribes) are one 
of the women which Ezekiel was talking about in 
his lecture, while the Jews were the other woman; 
and he ssljs that we were sisters, acting the harlot. 
The Lord took us, the Ten Tribes, into captivity 
first, so that we were gone over 100 years before He 
took the Jews. He said that the Jews (our sister) 
could have learned a lesson from us, but that she 
(the Jews) would not, but became more corrupt than 
ice were, and that He would make her (the Jews) 
drink of our bitter cup of sorrow and desolation, 
and even make them suck it out and be laughed to 
scorn and derision. 

Thou (Judah, Jews) hast walked In the way of thy sister 
Israel (Ten Tribes); therefore, I will grive her cup (Ten 
Tribe cup) into thine hand [into Jeirs' hand). Thou shalt 
drink it deep and large and suck it out. and be Laughetl to 
scorn and derision and be 'filled with sorrow and desolation. 
—Ezekiel 23:31-34. 

How terribly true the above has been. Look at 
the long weary road of our sister (the Jews) ; how 
slie has been pounded, whipped and driven from 
place to place and spit upon by all nations, so that 
Russia does not want our sister (the Jews) and it 
is cow-hiding her; and England does not want her; 
and Amencans, a few years ago, declared that they 
would not put up at the same hotels where our sis- 
ter (Jews) were allowed to stop, and this made the 
hotel-keepers whip our sister out and refuse to 



Ancient Assyrian Tablets Found. 175 

allow her a chair or a bed or a meal. She has had 
a desperate and terrible time, just as the Lord said in 
the above prophecy, that He would make her (the 
Jews) drink our bitter cup deep and large and even 
such it out so as to get all of the dregs and bitter 
settlings. 

Because thou (Israel, Ten Tribes, and Judah, Jews) hast 
forsaken me and cast me behind thy back, therefore, bear 
thy lewdness. With their idols they have committed 
adultery. I (the Lord) will bring up a company upon them 
and will give them to be removed and spoiled (driven all 
over the earth), and the company shall stone them with 
stones and despatch them with swords (fight them) and burn 
up their houses with fire. Thus will I cause lewdness to 
cease out of the land sO' that all women (meanina other 
nations) may be taught not to do after your lewdness (after 
the u'iebed idol warship that the Ten Tribes and the^ Jews were 
practicing). Ye (Israel and Judah) shall bear the sins of your 
idols.— Ezekiel 23:35-49. 

Yes, and we have boirne the sins of our idols most 
severely during the last 3500 years or more, sO' that 
human life or age of persons has run, down to the 
short period of only 33 years, on an average ; where- 
as, the life or age of persons used to be as much as 
900 years. Tribulation of every sort has struck us 
at every turn. Our "sister" (the Jews) especially has 
oaughft her stripes and lashes until she is, to-day, 
bleeding and a homeless wanderer, as the above 
words of the Lord declare that her housesi should 
be burned with fire and that she (the Jews, our "sis- 
ter") should be removed and stoned. She could 
have learned a lesson from us, the Ten Tribes, asi we 
were led away captive 721 B. C, while she, our sister 
(the Jeiws) was not taken pri^soner until 606 B. C. 
(See the diagram of this history in front part of this 
book.) But our sister (the Jews) would not learn, 
but was more coorup-t than were we (see Ezek. 23 :11) ; 



176 Ancient Assyrian TaUets Found. 

therefore, she caught the extreme bitterness in the 
bottom of our cup and was compelled to suck it 
dry. It is curious that people will not hear, but rush 
on to destruction. 

How terribly true the prophecies are; and thev 
are actual, literal things that have taken place 
and are yet to occur on this earth with people, 
governments and countries. Here we have a great 
bundle of predictions all tied together in this one 
lecture of Ezekiel. We have dug up out of the earth 
the palaces and temples with their pictures and 
carvings, about which he talks. We now look back 
over our long and terrible road of over 2500 years 
and we can see that we, as one of the women, acted 
the harlot and have received our dreadful punish- 
ment; and we stH> our sister {the Jeirs), the other 
woman mentioned by Ezekiel, how she has licked 
the dust and is ta-day thrown out of home and coun- 
try and is whipped and s[)it uj)on because we both 
(the two sisters) went whoring after those foolish 
things of the Assyrians, over at Nineveh and Baby- 
lon. Of course we had warnings by the prophets 
who described the road we would have to travel 
if we did not behave ourselves, but we were then 
just like we are now; we did not believe them. We 
said it ^'u'ould not come in our day,'" and that if it ever 
did come it would be away up in the sky, among 
spirits, and that it would never take place on this 
earth. We looked on that gay city of Nineveh where 
the king haid a palace covering eight acres of ground, 
with the walls painted with various kinds of scenery; 
and we saw the huge stone walls around the city 
which was sixty miles around it, and we looked out 
on the 1500 towers, 200 feet high, shooting up out of 
the walls; and we looked through the streets and 



Ancient Assi^rian Tablets Found. 177 

counted thousands of gay people. We saw the 
powerful army riding upon horses and decked with 
flashy trappings; and we gazed with aistonishment 
at the great idol god Nisroch which took our eye 
much more than the spiritual God of Israel ; and we 
thought we were having a hilarious time, never 
dreaming that the great city would be completely 
covered over with dirt, and that we would be caiSt 
out as wanderers to fight against the elements of 
destruction, with no God to speak to us. It all 
came terribly true upon us and our sister, the Jews. 

The children of Israel shall abide many days without 
a (inspired) king and without a prince.— Hosea 3:4. 

People argued incorrectly then just as they are 
arguing falsely now, that it was all symbols, to occur 
in the sky after death. So it is with the prophecies 
yet toi oome to pass. People will not believe that 
the present governments must go down and a new 
order of things take the place. They say it is all 
sj-mbols to occur in the "beyond," but time will show 
to them their error. 

The prophecies say that all the governments 
of this earth will be thrown down and be blown 
away like chaff and that the New and Latter House 
of Israel called the Elect will take possession of the 
earth and rule it. And I loiow that such a move- 
ment of the Lord is now being prepared, and that all 
things must give way before it, but the inhabitants 
of the earth toss their heads with a sneer and go on 
and say that it will "never come in our day," even 
if it ever comes- They look upon the great capitals 
of the various nations of earth, and the armies and 
cannons and the flashy trappings of war generals, 
and they say these things never will be torn down 



178 Ancient Assi/^ian Tablets Found, 

and buried out of sight. But wait a few years, 
until the present commotion takes on increased 
force and all things begin to tremble. But I am not 
talking about the world coming to an end. Not at 
all. The outcome of it all, gathered from the Bible, 
being minutely described in my books Nos. 2 and 3, 
it will not be discussed here. Suffice it to say, tliat 
hundreds and thousands of bricks, tablets, pottery, 
monuments and cities are being dug up, all over the 
world, which show that the prophets knew what they 
were talking about. Some time ago a love-letter was 
dug up ; it was in Uie form of a brick or a clay slab on 
which the message had been written while the brick 
was soft and green, so tliat when it became dry iuid 
hard the message remained. And while this brick 
love-letter (at first thought) cuts no figure with my 
subjects being discussed, yet (on second thought) 
it docs come foi-Avard as a witness to prove several 
impoi'tiint points. It (the brick letter) is very 
ancient, and, therefore, is a good witness to show 
that people of those days could write, and, there- 
fore, the slabs, pottery, walls, etc., now being found, 
are genuine ancient history of occurrences, as many 
of them deal with the transactions of persons men- 
tioned in the Bible, and accounts on the clay tablets 
sliow that the Bible writers stated it correctly, 
but people of to-day argue that Tlie statements in the 
Bible could not have been written at the time they 
pretend to have been for the reason that people of 
those days could not write, but things are being 
dug up now which put those theories away forever. 

Mr. Edward Glasor has made four exploringr tours into 
Arabia, the last extending: from 1892 to 1804, and has made 
some remarkable discoveries, brin^n^a: to li^rht matter that 
materially confirms many Bible narratives. He demon- 



Ancient Assyrian Tablets Found. 179 

strates that the people who inhabited this part of the world 
were well informed and skilled in the art of writing even 
before the time of Moses. This is death to the theories ad- 
vanced by the high critics, who maintain that the art of 
writing in the time of Moses was not sufficiently advanced 
to justify the conclusion that Moses really wrote the 
Pentateuch (the first five books of the Old Testament). And 
it is now quite evident that Arabia is yet to fiu*nish the 
proof that will cojnpletely refute and overthrow the 
criticism being directed against the Pentateuch as well 
as other parts of the Bible. Already these critics feel the 
ground giving way under them.— From Messenger. 

Arabia is a large country southeast of Jerusalem. 
It is supposed to be the native land of Job. It is 
also thought that the gold for Solomon's Temple 
was brought from southern Arabia. And it is 
believed that the Queen of Sheba resided down there 
about 1000 B. C. She visited Solomon. 

It is not generally know^n that large societies 
are formed to furnish money and workmen to dig 
down into the ruins of the ancient cities of Egypt, 
Assyria and Palestine; and they are bringing to light 
some astonishments. Only a/ few months ago Mr. D. 
L. Miller of the United States was in the city of 
Jerusalem and watched the work of digging go Oin, 
and he writes back to this country a letter about it 
and from which (with his permission) I clip the fol- 
lowing: 

We were much interested in the work of excavating the 
ancient walls, now being carried on by Dr. Bliss, for the 
Palestine Exploration Fund. We visited the excavations 
a number of times, climbing down shafts and exploring 
dark tunnels. At some future time a synopsis of the work 
done may be given. Here space is only taken for one 
discovery. 

At one point an ancient gate was discovered, and exca- 
vating about it, it was found that it occupied the site of 
not only one, but of two earlier gates. These three gates, 
one built above the other, are to be seen very plainly. The 
first thrown down ''sank into the ground" as it were, and 



180 Ancient Assyrian Tablets Found. 

then a second built above the first and so also the third. 
We examined all this very carefully and saw the sockets 
in which the gates swun°r. Tlie most slrikim; fact about it 
is that the prophet Jeremiah, speaking of the desolation 
of Jeinisalem, uses this language: "The Lord hath pro- 
posed to destroy the wall of the daughter of Zion. . . . Her 
gates are sunk in the (/round; he hath destroyed and broken 
her bars." The sunken gates of the wall of Zion bear testi- 
mony in these last days to the ti'uth of the Book of God.— 
Mr. Miller's letter. 

Other discoveries are being made which bring 
us face to face with the hoarj past, whose grim \iit- 
nesses stand up in front of us and look us in the 
eyes as if to say, ''We are messengers sent by the 
Most High to testify unto the world." People have 
come and made their tracks and then left the earth, 
with their lips sealed, but their works leave their 
history, as is shown by the following: 

In the South Tacific Ocean, about 2,000 miles west of 
South America, and 1.500 miles from the nearest inhabited 
island, lies the little, hin-etofore insignificant Easter Island, 
five by eleven miles in size. Lately some remarkable dis- 
coveries were made upon it. consisting of gigantic statues 
of great antiquity, showing that the island was at one time 
inhabited by a people far advanced in civilization. No 
less than 500 of these busts, showing the form of the body 
from the top of the head to the hips— have been found, 
varying in size from three to seventy feet in height. The 
largest one will probably weigh 2;>S.0(X> tons. These huge 
busts were moved a considerable distance after they were 
completed and then skillfully mounted on immense plat- 
forms, and now stand as mute witnesses, testifying concern- 
ing a wonderful people unknown to the world at this time. 
On some of the monuments are inscriptions in an unknown 
language. By and by these inscriptions may be deciphered, 
then we shall know' something of the prehistoric race of 
this far-away and lonely island. By degrees the old monu- 
ments are yielding up their long-kept secrets.— Messemjer. 

Yes, and they throw much light on the Bible. 

The prophecies have much to say about certain 

cities and countries and the ruin and desolation 



Ancient Assyrian Tablets Found. 181 

that would come upon tliem for their wrong-doin^, 
and it is now interesting to dig out those things, 
as they sihow how terribly true the prophets have 
spoken. It certainly should have some effect to 
show that the words of those inspired men, thus 
far, have not failed. Therefore, how can we argue 
that they will fail when they come to us of tliis day? 
In my No. 3 book I have shown by plain calcu- 
lations that the time is now here when a great many 
of the prophecies will begin to come to pass upon u« ; 
and when you understand them and what they lay 
out for us then you can see what is cauising all of 
this commotion and uproar over the earth, and it 
becomes an easy matter to foretell just what the 
next thing will be and how it will turn. Just now 
(July, 1896), while I am writing the last lines of this 
book, with a burning understanding of what is soon 
to occur on earth, I look out on the people of my 
country (the United States) and I see them all excited 
and striving with each other to nominate their 
favorite candidates for president of the United 
States, believing that if they can only elect a cer- 
tain man who advocates a certain principle the 
country will come into a flourishing condition, 
so that ever\i;hing will float along nicely; and it 
is probable that the candidates themselves thor- 
oughly believe that if they can be elected they could 
bring about a peaceful and prosperous time. All 
these ideas are an illusion, and time will prove Ihe 
truth of this statement. The iron hand of prophecy 
has hold of the lever and it will never stop until it 
throws down, runs over and grinds into powder 
and blows away as cJiaff all of the present govern- 
ments, churches and haughty society. And if those 
who have a desire to be president of the United 



182 Ancient Assyrian Tahlets Found. 

States knew what is hanging over thi>s countrt their 
feverish aspirations would eoiol down into an icy 
chill, as there is nothing but the most dreadful and 
terrible trouble in store for them from now until 
about 1915; and whoever shall be holding the office 
of president during the trembling years preced- 
ing 1915 will find a greater load on his hands than 
hie can manage, as the Head-Light of the Millennial 
Kingdom is already in sight, and the rumblings and 
roarings of its ponderous and dazzling wheels are 
distinctly heard, but the people and candidates 
imagine that it is the Tariff after them, and nothing 
but time will convince them that they are laboring 
under the mental clouds of insanity, as no human 
power cam prop up the present institutions. It 
would be throwing a blockade in front of the new 
order of things, which means that THE NEW AND 
LATTER HOrSE OF ISRAEL, as described in 
my book No. 8, will come together within the next few 
years and push down every thing in f i*ont of it and 
sit down upon the ruins and rule the entire earth 
with the rod of the Lord which can not be broken; 
aiud all things will be compelled to take off their 
hats and bow to the decree of the Most High, whose 
well-trained people now being pi»epared spiritually 
will be as God. The prophecies call them the House 
of David. 

The House of David shall be as God: and T will seek 
to destroy all the nations that come acainst Jerusalem.^ I 
will smite every horse with astonishment and his rider with 
madness: and T will make Jenisalem a bnrdensome stone 
for all people, and all that bnrden themselves with it shall 
be cnt in pieces: and Jerusalem shall be inhabited again 
in her own place.— Zech. 12:3-10. 



The Mystical Universe. 183 



THE MYSTICAL UNIVERSE. 

The Bible writers frequently menition the won- 
ders of the heavens. Their spiritually illuminated 
minds could see in the arrangement and movements 
of the planets the marvelous wisdom of God in con- 
structing the machinery of the universe. David, 
the inspired king over the Israelitish nation, talks 
about it in this wise: 

The heavens declare the glory of God; and the firmament 
sheweth his handj^work. There is no speech nor laugiiajre 
where their voice is not heard. Their line is gone out through 
all the earth, and their words to the end of the world. In 
them hath he set a taberaacle for the sun.— Psalms 19:1-4. 

The writer of Genesis tells us that the planets 

were made and set in motion to act as a sort of 

clock-work to measure off time and give "si^ris" and 

light. 

And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of 
the heaven to divide the day from the night; and let them 
be for signs and far seasons and for days and years.— Gen. 
1:14. 

Some of the other inspired men have something 
to say about these things; therefore, we see that 
they were attracted by the heavenly machinery 
which whirls on and on, making seasons and years 
and marking out time and giving alarms ("sif/ns") 
and light to the people of this earth. 

I claim that all the planets, including thds earth, 
are harnessed together into- a great harmonious 
system like a clock, with some of the wheels running 
rapidly while others go slowly, and that as the rev- 
olutions are completed a change takes place called 



184 The Mystical Vniverse. 

seasons or years; and that when all the wheels come 
round to their starting point — to the same position 
(each with the other) as they were at the beginning, 
a venj great change occurs, and which may be called 
an age or a dispensation of GodL That is, the world 
and its inhabitants are turned into a new order of 
things. And if we understand these movements we 
cam know exactly when the turn is to occur, as the 
writer of Genesis tells us that they (the planets) are 
a "sign" to us to warn us that the heavenly clock is 
about to strike. And it is clear to my mind that this 
is the situation of things at this time (1896). The 
planets are making "signs" to us now that the time 
is almost here when a very great and marvelous 
change is to take place. I arrive at this conclusion 
by several methods. (1) The prophecies in the Bible 
declare it. (2) The arrangement of the planets in 
the heavens "sign" it to us. (3) The general signs 
of the times point to it. (4) We know that the 2,520 
years of Gentile Times are almost expired. But 
you will ask, How can the planets give us any 
"sign-' that a terrible disturbance is about ready to 
break loose in the universe? Well, you remember 
I have shown that the writer of Genesis declares that 
God made the planets for "signs" and for seasons, 
etc.; and if they are linked or grouped together into 
a piece of heavenly clock-work, we know by looking 
at their positions just how far on their journey they 
have gone and what condition of atmosphere they 
l>roduce when they are at a certain point. No one 
will dispute this, as every one knows that the blus- 
tery and icy season comes and remains a while and 
then disappetirs, and the warm growing season 
takes the place. We know just when to look for 



The Mystical Universe. 186 

these seasons. When our position comes to a cer- 
tain point in the heavenly clock we know what to 
expect; therefore, the planets and their positions 
give us a "sign." We have also learned that when 
great disturbances are occurring among the planets 
in the heavens, sweeping disaster strikes this earth. 
Sometimes it is a ravaging disease, while at other 
times it is a great earthquake, or terrible and de- 
structive floods, or extreme heat and drouth, or gen- 
eral wars among the nations. Do I mean to say that 
disturbance among the planets in the heavens will 
throw the nations of this earth into wars? Well, I 
shall not state it in exactly those words, but I do say 
that astronomers declare it as a fact that when there 
is a general war among the nations there is also, at 
the same time, a great display or upheaval among the 
planets in the heavens* You can draw your own 
conclusions; but you must remember that the New 
Testament tells us that "tre wrestle not with flesh and 
blood, hut with powers and principalities'^ (in the air). 
That is, some unseen power or powers operate over 
us and throw us into convulsions of some kind, and, 
as I have before stated, those convulsions are sweep- 
ing diseases, earthquakes, floods, drouths and wars. 
Whatever the causes may be, we know that this 
earth is influenced by conditions and positions of 
other planets, and those who understand these 
things can calculate many years ahead as to when 
a great earthquake will occur. Some years ago a 
scientific gentleman declared that at a certain time 
in a certain year (five years ahead) an earthquake 
would occur, followed- by a terrible convulsion or 
eruption of a volcano in Mexico. It occurred just 
at the time and place as predicted by him. He .did 



186 TJie Mystical Universe. 

not claim to be a propiiet by direct inspiration. He 
based his statement on what he knew about the 
forces that would be exerted among the planets at 
a certain time; and as this earth is closely asso- 
ciat(?d with the movements of other heavenly bodies, 
its actions will be decidedly influenced by them. 
This being the case, it becomes an easy matter then 
to ascertain jus-t when to expect disturbances. 

Astronomers tell us that from the 9th to the 26th 
of December, 1901, the planets will all be in a 
straight line, but that all of them except the earth 
will be om one side of the sun, leaving the earth 
(alone) on the other side. Astronomers claim that 
this was their position at the time of Xoah's Flood. 
Dr. F. M. Close, ex-president of the Tacoma Acad- 
emy of Science, talks on this as follows: 

The Babylonian Tablets are a set of inscribed plates 
wdtteu thoiii^ands of years before the Christian eni. In 
these is jjiveoi an acxxHiut of the Noachiiin deluge. These 
tablets were exhiinied from the ancient city of Nineveh and 
are now in the British Museum at London. They state that 
Capricornus was the i-uliujr siijn of the zodiac at the time 
of the delujje. Berosus. a Chaldean astronomer, wrote the 
history of Babylon, and quoted the Babylonian Tablets, and 
he fiu'ther declared that when the sun and planets ajrain 
together t>ccupy the sign of Capricornus another world flooil 
would happen. It is proper to here say that the term 
"flood" or "deluge" does not metin the end of the world, nor 
the total extinction of life upon the globe, but the subsidence 
or sinking of a gi'eat body of land, such as a continent, 
beneath the watei'S of the ocean. Just now the planets :vre 
rapidly approaching that position in which the earth will 
be on one side of the sim and all the rest of the planets on 
the other, all ranged in nearly a straight line.— Dr. Close in 
a California paper. 

Dr. Close does not think that another flood will 
be produced, but he is positive that the greatest dis- 
turbances that have struck this earth for hundreds 
of vears will be the result. He further says: 



The Mystical Universe. 187 

The late seismic disturbance, which extended over the 
Middle and Southeastern States, was one of the preliminary 
throes of a great cataclysm, the culmination of which may 
not occui' for several yeai's.— Dr. Close. 

We already notice very great and terrible dis- 
turbajncesi in the atmiosphere. Cyclones^ floods, 
frosts, extreme heat, sweeping winds and drouths 
are becoming common. They are 'simply the fore- 
runners, w^hich are coming ahead of the general and 
awful upheaval which is bound to come within a few 
years. A great combination of things is forming 
into line. As just stated, the planets come into this 
peculiar straight-line position, in which all of them 
will combine their forces and pull against the earth, 
in 1901. But just before this— viz., 1899— the earth 
will run into a bee-hive of comets, which come 
around to us or we come to them every thirty-three 
years. Professor Falb lectured in Berlin, Germany, 
on this subject as follows: 

That on the 13th of November, 1899, the comet will cut 
the path of the earth at the ix)-int where the earth arrives 
every year on that date. Even should a collision take place, 
the material of the comet is so light that no hai'm would 
result to the earth, unless the carbonic gas, of which prob- 
ably all comets consist, should poison the atmosphere. But 
it is certain that between 2 and 3 a. m. on the 13th of 
November, 1899, the most awful spectacle of shooting stars 
will take place that the world has ever witnessed!— Prof. 
Falb. 

It will well pay the people of this country to sit 
up all night to see the great display in the heavens. 
It will occur sometime between the 13 and the 15th 
of November, 1899. This is so near to the 1901 dis- 
turbance that the two will be more or less combined 
in action and, added to other things, will make this 
earth heave and roll in more ways than one. The 
atmosphere will be so greatly disturbed that a va- 



188 Tlie Mystical Universe. 

riety of things is liable to (xcur. Earthquakes are 
almost certain to be one kind of the trouble, with 
sweeping diseases {especially those affecting the 
brain and nerves), cyclones, floods and drouths and, 
probably, extreme heat are in the line of probabilities 
and may be expected. As to the heat, scientific men 
are almost certa'in that it \\ill come, for the reason 
that the earth will be in the right position to get it. 
Passing through the shower of blazing comets will 
be one cause of increased heat, with other causes to 
be added. As to this. Professor Proctor, the astron- 
omer, uses this language: 

In about 1897-8 the heat of the sun will be so enormously 
increased by the impact of a comet as to destroy life upon 
this earth.— Pro/. Proctor, the astronomer. 

This earth is already coming into the edge of these 
disastrous things so that cyclones, drouths, floods, 
heat and peculiar whirls in the atmosphere are com- 
mon occurrences. Only a few weeks ago the Pacific 
Ocean rose up out of its bed and ran out on the dry 
land and destroyed thirty thousand people in five 
minutes, according to newspaper accounts, which I 
clip as follows: 

THIRTY THOUSAND VICTIMS. 
Entire Towns Wiped Out of Existence by a Tidal Wave 
Which Gave No AVa ruing. 
On the 15th of June, at S:30 o'cIocIj in the evening:, a 
seismic wave struck the northeast coast of the main land 
(Japan), throughout a distance of about 200 miles, and in 
five minutes 30.000 people were killed and 12.000 houses 
destroyed. So stupendous was the atmospheric distiu*bance 
that it not only leveled forests to the ground, but 
also stripped the trees of bark and twigs, reducing them 
to blanched skeletons. Corpses recovered within a few 
hours of death looked as though they had undergone a 
week's decomposition. The wounds suffered by the survivors 
and shown by the bodies of the dead are also of a shocking 



1 



The Mystical Universe. 189 

description. In some cases the flesh is torn into shreds, 
exposing the bones beneath; in others the eyes are forced 
out of their sockets; in others the trunlis seem to have been 
wrenched asunder by forces acting in opposite directions; 
in others the sliin looks as though it had been plunged in 
boiling water. Such are the details of death and iiiin, the 
terrible totals at this mo-ment of writing being 29,073 killed, 
7,737 wounded and 7,844 houses washed away or wrecked.— 
Daily papers' report. 

While the above mentioned disaster was yet 
fresh in our minds another unusual and dreadful 
thing struck this earth with a roar and blazing heat 
that frightened the inhabitants. 

Tucson, Ariz., Aug. 17, 1896.— An immense meteor struck 
the desert about two miles north of Hall's ranch. The 
concussion was terrible. Cupboards were upset, dishes 
were thrown on the floor and the house trembled as a leaf. 
The noise was like that of many cannon flred simultaneously. 
The air for miles around was filled with sulphm-ous gas, 
and the meteor came down red and smoking. It covers 
about two acres of ground, appearing to be imbedded him- 
dreds of feet in the earth, and now forms a great mound 
in the desert. A herder's hut and corral were in the meteor's 
path. The herder, his wife and three children, together 
with abouft 1,200 sheep, went down under the mighty mass. 
A large party left here yesterday evening to view the 
wonder and to get further particulars. It is about 60 miles 
north of Tvlq^oi^.— Newspaper account. 

Some time ago an earthquake ran through or 
under the sea and upset an island on which a city 
was buiilt. The whole city was tilted off into the 
water instantly as though it were a fly on a cart 
wheel. It is curious that people do not notice the 
unusual frequency of destructive earthquakes now- 
adays. Scarcely any one seems to see the daily 
papers' reports of them. All these things are sim- 
ply the beginning or edge of the disasters which will 
soon strike this earth and make it heave and wabble 
like a ship in a storm; and the combined forces 



190 The Mystical Universe. 

operating against the earth will finally throw it clear 
out of its present orbit or track and may, probably, 
land it into another system of planets with another 
sun as their center. I say it may do this. I do not 
say that it will. This, of course, will change the cli- 
matic conditions around this earth, but while it is 
passing from its present orbit to its new position it 
will, probably, lose part of the light of this sun so 
that the light will be grayish or yellow. It seems 
that this will occur while the earth and the other 
planets are changing their positions. 

And it shall come \o pass in thn.t day. that the lipht shall 
not be clear nor dark, but it shall be one day which shall 
be known to the Ix)rd, not day nor nijrht; but it shall come 
to pass that at evening^ time it shall be light. And it shall 
be in that day that living waters shall go out from Jerusalem, 
half of them toward the former sea and half of them 
toward the hinder sea, and the Lord shall be king over 
all the etirth. In tliat day there shall be one Lord and his 
name one.— Zech. 14:0-9. 

Thus we see that there is to be a very great dis- 
turbance among the planets of the heavens, so that 
the light of this sun will not be what it is now to us. 
The change will produce a new condition in the sun 
and moon. 

The light of the moon shall lie as the light of the sun 
and the light of the sun shall be sevenfold, as the light of 
seven days, in tlie day that the Lord bindeth up the breach 
of his people and healeth the stroke of their wound. Behold 
the name of the Lord cometh from far, burning with his 
anger, and the bunlen thereof is heavy: his lips are full of 
indignation and his tongue as a devouring fire, and his 
breath, as an ovei-tl owing stream, shall reach to the midst 
of the neck, to sift the nations. And the Ix>rd shall cause 
his glorious voice to l>e heard and shall shew the lighting 
down of his arm. and with the flame of a devouring fire, 
with scattering and tempest and hailstones.— Isa. 30:20-31. 

The above scripture confirms what T have been 

saying about the extraordinary position of the plan- 



The Mystical Universe. 191 

ets, and about the earth moving out of its place and 
going to some new location. 

The -earth shall reel to and fro like a drunkard and shall 
be removed like a cottage; and the trangression thereof shall 
be heavy upon it. And it shall come to pass in that day that 
the Lord shall punish the host of the high ones, and the 
kings of the earth upon the earth, and they shall be gathei*ed 
together as prisoners are gathered. Then the moon shall be 
confounded and the sun ashamed when the Lord of hosts 
shall reign in Mount Zion, and in Jerusalem, and before his 
ancients {the Royal Body of Priests, called the Elect). — Isa. 
24:20-23. I will shake the heavens, and the earth slmll 
remove out of her place, for the stars of neaven and the con- 
stellations thereof shall not give their light, and the sun 
shall be darkened in his going forth, and the moon shall not 
cause her light to shine; and I will punish the world for 
their evil and the wicked for their iniquity and I will cause 
the an-ogancy of the proud to cease and will lay low the 
haughtiness of the terrible.— Isa. 13:6-14. And there shall 
be signs in the sun and in the moon and in the stars, and 
upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea 
and the waves roaring, for the powers of heaven shall be 
shaken.— Luke 21:25-26. And it shall come to pass in that 
day, saith the Lord, that I will cause the sun to go down 
at noon, and I wiU darken the earth in the clear day, and I 
will turn your feasts into mourning, and I will make it as 
the mourning of an only son, and the end thereof as a bitter 
day.— Amos 8:9-10. 

Thus we see that the Bible writers were not 
afraid to talk about astronomy and the movements 
of the planets in the heavens, for the reason that 
they knew of the great disturbance that would be 
due at the end of this age, and this goes to confirm 
what I have heretofore stated, that the planets were 
all yoked together into one great clock-work to 
measure off time in God's dispensations and give us 
a ^'sign/^ as to when the heavenly time-piece would 
strike; and I declare it that the alarm is already 
jingling, but the world is arrogant and proud and 
refuses to hear, notwithstanding the fact that these 



192 The Mystical Universe. 

disturbances are already commeiicing, and they will 
overtake us bitterly within a few years. But I am 
aware of the fact that nothing but time will con- 
vince people of the truth of these statements. Po- 
litical, social and religious matters are already dis- 
rupted and beyond the hope of reconstruction, and 
yet, in the face of this we see the people of this 
country (United States) talking about the Taiiff, 
Sound Money, Free Coinage, and a host of other no- 
tions that can have no effect whatever on bringing 
about a peaceful condition. The Lord's dispensa- 
tions will change whether Congress does or does not 
consent. And during the change a terrible upheaval 
will occur and it will not stop to ask Congress any 
thing about it. It is already striking and Congress 
is powerless to remedy it. 

The (lay of the I^ord cometh as a thief in the nijiht. for 
when they shall say. Peace ami safety, then sudden 
destruction cometh upon tliem. and they shall not escape.— 
1 Thes. 5:1-4. 

In the face of all this and the present signs of 
the times it does seem ridiculous to see people run- 
ning around arguing that the election of a certain 
man or men and the enacting of certain laws by Con- 
gress will bring us peace and prosi)erity. 

I argue this case from what is called the scien- 
tific standpoint, for the reason that most people de- 
clare that the prophecies are not reliable and, there- 
fore. They cannot be depended upon to give us a cor- 
rect statement of what is to occur. But I know posi- 
tively that these notions of the people about the 
prophecies are not correct, as I have investigated an 
cient history and have compared it with rhe state 
ments of the prophets and I tiud that things have 



The Mystical Universe. 193 

oome to pass exactly as they predicted they wonld. 
Therefore, it is reasonable to think that the thingsyet 
to come to pass will take place exactly as stated by 
the prophets. As for myself, it is not necessary to go 
over the so-called scientific part of this argument and 
examine the position and condition of the planets in 
order to convince my mind that some terrible and 
dreadful disturbances will take place on this earth 
in the near future, as I am already convinced that 
the prophets understood their business and foresaw 
(by inspiration) the occurrences as they will take 
place, and I have quoted to you some of their words 
in order that you may see that they entirely agree 
with the statements of what are called s>cientific men 
of to-day. I have shown to you that they say that 
very great a-nd terrible heat is liable to strike this 
earth in the near future, and this is in perfect har- 
mony with the statements of the New Testament 
writers. 

But the heavens and the earth which are now kept in 
store, reserved untO' fire against the day of judgment and 
pei'dition of ungodly men. The day of the Lord will come 
as a thief in the night, in the which the heavens shall pass 
away with a great noise and the elements shall melt with 
fervent heat.— 2 Peter 3:7-12. 

It is proper to call your attention to the fact that 
the great disturbance among the planets will be ac- 
companied by a terrible upheaval among men on 
this earth, so that the angry and distressed condi- 
tion of the people added to the heat produced from 
seemingly natural causes will make the fiery ele- 
ments so extremely severe on human life that a very 
great proportion of the inhabitants of this earth will 
perish. Only those who shall endure unto the end 
shall be saved. The time when these disturbances 



194 The Mystical Universe. 

will occur is calculated and set forth plainly in my 
No. 3 book, which shows that it will occur between 
1896 and 1915, but no special year is set. It is 
enough to know that it is within eighteen years. 

The theory that the planetary condition will pro- 
duce heat so great as to destroy things seems to be 
confirmed by the words of St. John : 

The firet angel sounded and there followed hail and fire 
mingled with blood, and thej' were cast upon the earth; and 
the thii-d part of trees was burnt up; and all gn*een grass 
was bui'nt up; and the third part of the creatures which 
were in the sea and had life, died; and the third part of 
the ships were desti'oyed.— Rev. 8:7-9. 

It is useless to carry the argument farther. I 
have shown sufficient to convince anyone (who is 
willing to be convinced) that we are coming to a 
t/ime of tribulation and sorrow the like of which the 
world has never seen, and they will be upon us be- 
fore the general public is aware of it, as people are 
now just as they were in the days of Noah. They 
will neither heed nor believe, although the signs are 
coming thick and fast, but the world seems not to 
notice these things. People are too busily engaged 
in stealing from each other and running after dol- 
hars and sexmil matters to think mueJi about the 
roaring cycloness the rumbling earthquakes, the 
heavings of the sea, the falling of red-hot monster 
meteors, the disrupted condition of governments, 
the alarming increase of insanity, the floods and 
drouths walking hand in hand, the total ungodliness 
of the churches, the devilislmess of society, which 
is as rotten and putrid as hell itself, the extreme 
pride and haughtiness of men and women, their 
bitter hatred towards any thing s-piritual, and the 



The Mystical Universe. 195 

flippant indignation th.ey show towards those who 
are calling the world's attention to the great change 
soon to occur. All these things are right before our 
eyes now, and the bugle is sounding, and God is mus- 
tering the hosts to the great day of the battle of God 
AlnDighty, and yet the world jogs along, seemingly 
unconscious of the uprising now taking place. 
Most of those who do see it imagine that Congress can 
settle it. This is absurdity gone to seed, and those 
who hold to the idea are just as much in the dark as 
those who do not see the disrupted condition at all. 
They are all blind together. 



\i 



Our Near Future. 



THE TURNS AND CHANGES TO OCCUR IN 
SOCIETY, GOVERNMENTS AND CHURCHES 
DURING THE 20 YEARS FROM 1896 CAREFUL- 
LY SET FORTH. NEW AND INTERESTING. 
OTHER TALKS ON OTHER SUBJECTS. 

Redding's Millennial Kingdom book having been 
hailed bj the public with such universal delight on 
account of its new and interesting ideas, the author 
of it has written other books on interesting subjects 
— making a list as follows: 

No. 1. Doctors and Medicines 5e 

No. 2. The Millennial Kingdom 50c 

No. 3. Our Near Future 50c 

No. 4. The Vaccination Curse 10c 

No. 5. Curious Causes 20c 

No. 6. That Woman Question 10c 

No. 7. The Three Churches 15c 

No. 8. The Rifting Wedge 10c 

No. 9. Mysteries Unveiled 50c 



No. 1, DOCTORS AND MEDICINE, is a small 
booklet containing quotations from the leading phy- 
sicians of the world showing that medicine is a hum- 
bug and that it destroys many people instead of 
helping them. Price, 5 cts. each. 

No. 2, THE MILLENNIAL KINGDOM, shows 
that we Americans are the Lost Ten Tribes of Israel 
and are to rise to high spiritual light and lead the 
world in the Millennial Kingdom ON EARTH 1,000 
years. Death will cease. People will live hundreds 
of years, like a tree (Isaiah 65:20-22). Its prepara- 
tion is causing present commotion. It does not ad- 
vocate that the world is coming to an end and be 
burned up with fire, or anything of the kind, but that 
our most glorious time on earth is soon to set in, and 
that sickness and death will cease, and that the pres- 
ent wicked way will be giv(*n up to a better and more 
godly life. It shows that resurrections are going 
on now. It shows so many interesting and instruct- 
ive things and is so entirely different from other 
books heretofore published on Millennial subjects 
that a description of it cannot be given ; it must bo 
read to be known, as the subjects are numerous and 
plainly stated, and the print is large and clear. 
Many letters from those who have read it declare 
that it is the most interesting and entertaining book 
they ever saw. Here is a sample of the way they 
write about it: 

Gurdon. Ark.. Jan. 2. '9o. 

Your book is ahead of anything: I ever read. It is being 
loaned out all the time and everyone likes it. You ought to 
have an agent here; it would sell faster than ho-t cakes. 

Mary E. Ryan. 

Hallowell. Kans.. Oct. 22, 'M. 
Yours is one of the grandest books I ever read. I can't 
praise it enough. My husband thinks it the best book he 



3 

ever read, too. I do all I can to get people to send for it and 
I loan my book out to all. E. Lamasters. 

Moody, Mo., November 17, 1894. 
I do most heartily recommend yom' book. If men will 
only read it, each one will receive additional knowledge of 
more than ordinary merit. Dr. J. Ash worth. 

Columbus, Texas, Oct. 13, '94. 
The book came and I read it with much interest. It is the 
best and plainest interpretation of the Bible I ever read; 
the facts are too plain to be mistaken. I wish every Chris- 
tian in the land could read it. Send me fifteen for $5.00. 

B. Gay. 
Sanborn, North Dakota, Dec. 21, '94. 
Your book is a good one. What can you let me have 
them for by the dozen? D. F. Siegfried. 

It is as interesting as a romance, and every old petrified 
fossil should read it and awake to some idea of the times 
we are living in. M. J. Clarkson, Meli'ose, Mass. 

Richmond, Ind., November 23, 1894. 
I have read your book with much interest. It is a book 
aJiead of the times in which we live. G. W. Pinnick. 

You should read this book. It will help you un- 
derstand some of the mysteries of the Bible. Price, 
bound in paper cover, 50 cts.; cloth, $1. 

No. 3, OUR NEAR FUTURE, shows so many in- 
teresting things which everybody should know that a 
description of it cannot be given without setting out 
the whole book. It shows that the world went 
under a cloud of darkness at a certain time for a 
purpose and that it is about to come out from under 
it. It unravels and removes the veil from the won- 
derful and fateful dreams mentioned in the 2d and 
4th chapters of Daniel. They were a foreshadowing 
of certain great movements which were to occur on 
earth, and this No. 3 book shows that the latter part 
of them is just now 'beginning to come to pass. It 
shows what the result will be and how it will affect 
the governments, churches and society. It shows 



who the Turks are and what figure they cut in the 
great changes which are soon to occur; and why 
they hold the center of all the nations; and why the 
Armenian trouble started up and what the result 
will be and how it will change various governments. 
It shows that a new nation is quietly forming to oc- 
cupy the central position of all the earth and rule 
with a rod of iron and break down all other govern- 
ments; and that this is the sole cause of the present 
upheaval everywhere. It shows that the iron band 
is about to be removed from the stump. as mentioned 
in Daniel 4:10-16. This is a curious mystery which 
the No. 3 book brings to light. Also unveils the 
great image seen in the King's Dream. Dan. 2:.31-46. 
It contains a minute description of how govern- 
mentsand society will turn within 20 years from 1891), 
and sets forth the reasons for such prediction with 
such clearness that not many persons will even at- 
tempt to dispute it. It is not foundini on guesswork, 
like most of such predictions heretofore have been. 
Its statements are supj)orted with such a quality of 
proof that even a skeptic public will not sneer. It 
does not advocate that the world is coming to an end 
and be burned up, but just the reverse. It shows 
that our grandest time on earth is to come yet, but 
that a season of trouble must precede it. Those who 
are not acquainted with the subject will be surprised 
at the vast amount of new proof set forth in the book. 
The general public does not know that many dis- 
coveries and unearthing of things have occurred in 
recent years to throw light on these subjects. The 
signs of the times support the statements in the 
book. Price, paper cover, 50 cts. ; cloth, |1. 



No. 4, THE VACCINATION CUESE, shows 
how the human race is being polluted with leprosy, 
syphilis, catarrh, consumption, blindness, deafness 
and a great host of destructive diseases by vaccina- 
tion; and that the statistics of England show a great- 
er number of deaths from small-pox among vacci- 
nated people than those not vaccinated, besides the 
crippling, killing and ruining of persons direct by 
vaccination. It is a horrible devil walking over the 
earth sticking poison into the innocent. Unscrupu- 
lous persons in large cities gather up a quantity of 
pus from persons dying with syphilis and other pri- 
vate diseases and send it out all over the world to 
make money out of it. Every person should have his 
eyes opened on this aivful subject and stand against 
the enacting of compulsory vaccination laws. No 
time to lose, as the legislatures are trying to force 
us by laws to have syphilis and other deadly diseases 
stuck into us. This curse struck the earth like a 
withering blast, years ago, and the race is now reap- 
ing what it sowed. Price, 10 cts. each; 12 for $1; 27 
for|2; 70for|5. 

No. 5, CURIOUS CAUSES, shows an astonish- 
ing collection of facts about the powerful unseen 
mental and spiritual laws, which operate on human- 
ity unawares and produce disaster and destruction 
or bring rich rewards, just according to the: way 
they are handled. It shows especially how terrible 
or how grand these laws can be made operate on 
unborn children if the mother understands how to 
turn them to advantage. She can and does make 
her unborn child a vicious murderer by her own 
thoughts or she can make it moral and lovely. This 
is no idle tale; the book shows this with evidence 
beyond dispute. Every person should keep ai sup- 



ph of these books and make a special effort to put 
one in the hand of every man, woman and child and 
thereby open the people's eyes on these unseen 
causes, which are producing so much disaster. 2s o 
parent wants to bring forth a child to be a liar, thief, 
robber, murderer or cruel in any way; and yet igno- 
rance of these unseen but powerful laws is doing 
just this thing. The facts set out in it must con- 
vince you that this subject is a wide field and needs 
every body as icorkers to go from house to house 
with these little books, and especially put them in 
the hands of young girls, from 10 years old up to 
110, so that their minds will have a clear knowledge 
of these unseen laws before trash and vicious things 
fill their heads. It is the teaching that is impressed on 
us while young that stays with us through life. Do 
not be afraid to let your children understand these 
things; sooner the better, so that their morbid curi- 
osity about birth and all sex matters will not run 
away with them. Be sure to have them know that 
their bad thoughts will imprint bad things on their 
own bodies and on the bodies and minds of their 
children just the same as birth-marks are imprinted. 
This is why very young girls should read the little 
book. No. 5; and it is your solemn duty to spread the 
proven facts set out in it. It is small and cheap and 
the facts are put in a clear, simple way. Order 50 
or 100 and then watch your chances to mention it, 
and nearly every person will spend twenty cents for 
one if you will have the book right ready to hand 
over, the)} and there. Every dry goods store, post 
office, barber shop, cigar store, restaurant, milliner 
shop, hotel, and news stand should have on sale, in 
their show cases, a quantity of these booklets. The 
subject is important and affects the whole human 



family. Price, 20 cts. each; 6 for |1; 13 for $2; 
35 for 15.00. 

Xo. 6, THAT WOMAN QUESTION, discusses 
hriefly the political and social movement being ag- 
itated by women, and calls their attention to some 
things which the world is viewing quietly but seri- 
ously. It points out some of the mistakes women are 
making at this time when their cause is being agi- 
tated, and what the final result will be if they do not 
change their ways. There are some prophecies in 
the Bible for them, and also against them, under 
certain conditions. They should know what these 
are. Price of this No. 6 booklet, 10 cts. each; 12 
for|l; 30for|2; 100 for |5. 

No. 7, THE THREE CHURCHES, shows whci+ 
the Bible says about the three kinds of people, who 
would be on the earth at these times and that each 
would call themselves by a name; and that only one 
of them would be the real Church of God. This No. 
7 booklet shows who these three are and that the 
third one is just now forming into the real Church, 
which the New Testament calls the Elect, which are 
to be picked out and to overcome death and rule the 
earth 1,000 years. Isaiah 65:20-22. But these three 
churches are not any three of the denominations now 
calling themselves churches. It is an entirely differ- 
ent dividing of the world into three groups named in 
the booklet. This is a curious fact which most per- 
sons will see and admit after reading this No. 7, as it 
shows that the prophecy has come true to the very 
letter and that the third group is to be the adopted 
or se7it church, built by the Lord and the gates of hell 
will not prevail against it, just as Jesus declares in 
Matt. 16:18. The various denominations now on 



8 

earth will look at this Bible talk with a new under- 
standing as to which church is right, and which is 
the recognized church by the Lord. This has agi- 
tated their minds a long time, and this booklet will 
give them something about which to think, and show 
to them what the Bible says about the real church, 
which is just now forming as the Elect. But it has 
no reference to any new sect or organization now 
forming, as there are many of such. It is an entirely 
different thing. The No. 7 booklet shows what vari- 
ous words in our English Bible mean in the Hebrew 
and the Greek languages, from which our English 
translation came. A failure to understand this 
change in the meaning by translating has caused 
many false ideas about Bible doctrines. Take the 
words '^everlasting,-^ "forever,'' ^Ucorld,^- ''gravCy^' 
''helF and many others for instances. The booklet 
does not enter into a discussion about all these 
words, but shows by only a few how entirely dififer- 
ent the ancient language meaning was from our En- 
glish meaning nowadays. No arguments. SimpJy 
brief showings. You should read it. Price, 15 cts. 
each; 8 for |1; 50 for ^b. 

No. 8, THE RIFTING WEDGE, shows that gold 
will be the bone of contention over which the world 
will snarl and strive, and that it will finally grind the 
nations to pieces so that the kingdoms of this world 
will become the kingdom of the spiritual Christ, in 
other words, the monen question is an instrument to 
bring on the destruction of the nations as govern- 
ments, for the reason that money is said to be the 
root of all evil. People make it their god and wor- 
ship it and rely upon it, and the God of Israel will 
permit it to rule tyrannically over the people and 



grind them down so that they can see its destructive 
character. Thej are already feeling its iron grip, 
and this little No. 8 booklet shows by Bible prophecy 
and other things what the final outcome of it will 
be, and that the New Age, which will set in about 
1915, will overthrow this god of the world (money) 
and put exchange on an entirely different basis, 
which politicians do not understand. They should 
read this booklet, not that it discusses all the long 
tedious points of ^^finance,^^ but it cuts straight across 
and comes to the vital point at once and shows what 
the result of the present gold agitation will be. 
Price, 10 cts. each; 12for|l; 100 for |5. 

No. 9, MYSTERIES UNVEILED, is what some 
I)eople would call startling on account of the many 
unearthings and bringing forth of things long hidden 
out of sight of the general world. It shows God's 
plan of the ages by the little halls and rooms built in 
the stone pyramid of Egypt 4,000 years ago. Their 
lengths, slants and turns let the secret out (1 inch to 
a year). No wonder the prophets said that God has 
wonders in Egypt. (See Isaiah 19:19-20 and Jer. 
82:20.) The halls, length and turns are shown. Also 
contains an accurate account of the recent finding 
of the preserved body of Pharaoh, with his name 
(Rameses) written on his breast, after his death, 
3,300 years ago; photograph of him is set in book. 
Also shows the wonderful lessons to be learned f ron? 
the Golden Ark of the Covenant, which is hidden 
away, probably, for future discovery. Also unveils 
the mysteries of the book of Revelation and shows 
who the great Scarlet Woman is, as mentioned by 
St. John, and what she has done on earth, and that 
her number is 666, just as stated in Rev. 13:18. The 



10 

showing of this number (666) is made clear bj an as- 
tonishing discovery, and a picture of the head man 
in the mystery is set forth in book. The book fur- 
ther shows the source from which we got our color, 
called cardinal red; and that it has something to do 
with Bible prophecy. Also shows who Napoleon 
was and what he was born for and why he was so 
successful up to a certain date and then collapsed 
suddenly. Shows the wonderful ear-mark which 
God placed on the Great Seal of the United States 
to brand us as the Lost Tribes of Jacob. Picture of ^ 
seal is set in book so that every man can see the mark 
or design made to brand us as the people who were 
driven out of Palestine 721 B. C. This information 
alone is worth many times the price of the book, as 
it shows that the mighty God is watching over us 
for a purpose, which purpose is fully set forth in the 
No.3book entitled OUR NEAR FUTURE; andthose 
who read No. 9 should also read Nos. 2 and 3, in which 
the different branches of the subject are carried. 
Some wonderful things will occur on this earth 
within the next 20 years, and these three books, Nos. 
2, 3 and 9, discuss them in a new and plain way and 
show conclusively that the idea which the people 
have about the manner of the coming of the Christ 
and the world coming to an end is all wrong, and 
that the teaching by men the last one hundred years 
on this subject, has been misleading. It shows 
where the Garden of Eden was located and that it 
was an actual fact on earth. The location and the 
rivers mentioned in the Bible about it are pointed 
out so clearly that people will be astonished at find- 
ing that the long mysterious Garden spot was really 
on this earth. Price of No. 9, paper cover, 50 cts.; 
cloth, f 1. 



11 

All of the above described books are written by 
the same author (W. A. Redding). Alwa^^s write 
your name and address plainly and state your county 
sure and write out in full the names of the books you 
want. Do not undertake to order just by the num- 
ber, as sometimes your figures are not written plain- 
ly and you are liable to get the wrong book. Two- 
cent postage stamps taken as pay, but send cash if 
convenient. 

Address the author, 

W. A. REDDING, 

Navarre, 
Dickinson Co., Kansas. 



OTHER HELPS. 

Realizing the fact that God is uncoverinjj to men 
the secrets of the dark past, which enable us to un- 
derstand the mysterious sayings of the Bible, I have 
selected from other authors a list of valuable books 
which every person should read. You should not 
remain ignorant of these great subjects with a com- 
bination of good things lying within your reach. I 
will, therefore, furnish at the following listed price, 
these carefully selected books. (I pay postage). 

DICTIONAUY OF THE BIBLE.— Revised in the light of 
recent researches in Bible lands. Over 20(»,000 copies have 
been sold. New, clear type. Good paper. 300 pictures. 
Sti'onj^ly lK)und, and is an invaluable help to all persons. Its 
18 maps are from the Litest authorities, and are printed in 
colors. 720 pages. Outside measures Gio by 9 inches. Near- 
ly 2 inches thick. Cloth, $2. Sheep, ?2.50. 

«. This is a highly valuable book for every body. 
The 3G0 pictures alone will give you ideas which you 
never could get from reading. This book tells you 
all about the ups and downs and ancient history of 
Jerusalem and of Babylon and all those ancient Bi- 
ble lands and cities and men and things generally. 
AYhen you read in the Bible about a certain thing, 
turn to this history and it will tell you all about 
it. In fact, this great book is a whole library con- 
densed and put into one book and arranged alpha- 
betically so that you can turn to it quickly. You 
should have it by all means. 

CRUDEN'S CONCORDANCE.— 561 pages. Clear type. 
Cloth, $1.25. 

SACRED GEOGRAPHY AND ANTIQUITIES.-By 
Prof. E. P. Barrows, D. D. In this faithfully prepared vol- 
ume the schohir will find the most important information on 
all the topics included under the title furnished by the large 



and costly works of the best and latest scholars. Palestine 
and all Bible lands are minutely described: the domestic in- 
stitutions and custo-ms of the Jews, their dress, agriculture 
sciences, and arts; their forms of government, justice, and 
military affairs; their temple services, priesthood, sacrifices 
and religious customs. Five maps and numerous engravings' 
685 pages. Cloth, $2.50. * 

THE STORY OF THE BIBLE, by Charles Foster Ev- 
erybody should have this book. Easy to understand * The 
pictm'es alone are worth the price of the book, as they im- 
press the mind with the scenes and incidents narrated in the 
Bible. It gives you a clear understanding of things 500 000 
sold. Size, 63/4 by S%. 704 pages. 300 pictures. It is of 
absorbing interest. Thrilling incidents of Bible history told 
in easy language. Cloth, $1.75. 

BIBLE PICTURES AND WHAT THEY TEACH US bv 
Charles Foster. Containing 315 illustrations of Old and New- 
Testament scenes, with short descriptions. They make last- 
ing impressions on the mind. Pages 8 x 10 inches, each con- 
taining one or more pictures. Over 150,000 copies of this 
popular book have already been sold. It is needed in eveiw 
house where there are children, and is useful, also, to older 
persons who desire a pictorial Bible history. Price, $1.50. 

1 I^^ ??^^ HISTORY, by Alfred Edersheim. 7 vols., 
cloth, each $1.00; the set in a neat box, $7.00. 

1. The World Before the Flood, and History of the Patri- 
archs. 

2. The Exodus and Wanderings in the Wilderness 

3. Israel in Canaan under Joshua and the Judges 

4 Israel under Samuel, Saul and David, to the Birth 
of Solomon. 

5. Israel and Judah from the Birth of Solomon to the 
Reign of Ahab. 

6. Israel and Judah from Ahab to the Decline of the two 
Kingdoms. 

7. Israel and Judah from the Decline of the two King- 
doms to the Assyrian and Babylonian Captivity. Containing 
full Scripture References and Subject Indexes to the whole 
series. 

THE LOST TRIBES OF ISRAEL, or Europe and Ameri- 
ca m History and in Prophecy, by Prof. C. L. McCartha, is a 
book of 210 pages, which every person should read. 



The author starts at the beginning of things and 
briefly runs along through the various nations and 
shows how the Divine Hand has turned and divided 
the governments to suit the one great purpose of 
perfecting the human race; and he finally ends with 
the United States of America, as the place where the 
climax of the work is to take place. This is exactly 
w^liat I (Redding) am trying to make the people 
see in my owii publications, which were written 
long before I ever heard of this book of Prof. 
McCartha's. It is a fact that whoever studies the 
Lost Ten Tribes of Israel subject will arrive at this 
same conclusion without ever examining other 
men's works. It is the hidden subject of this earth 
and upon it hangs the world's great change, which 
is now commencing and whirling society, govern- 
ments and churches into one great upheaval, which 
will finally come to a focus in the greatest trouble 
the world has ever seen, with a chosen Elect Israel 
sitting on top of the ruins ruling the world relig- 
iously, politically and socially. It is impossible for 
one to understand the Bible and its great theme 
without understanding this Ten Tribes subject. 
You might as well try to learn Arithmetic with 
multiplication, addition and subtraction left out. 
This is one of the reasons why Bible teaching (at 
present) is so woefully mixed up. Preachers and 
church people (as a class) know nothing of this sub- 
ject and, therefore, they have things turned around 
and the Bible thrown out of square, and they think 
Israel means Jews. When ordering this book from 
me, be careful to state that it is Prof. McCartha's 
book you want, so as to distinguish it from my own 
publications on Israel. Price of McCartha's book, 
paper, 75c.; cloth, |1. 



THE MISSING LINKS, or The Anglo-Saxons tU Ten 
Tribes of Israel, by Morton W. Spencer. 1,000 historical 
and prophetical proofs of our Hebrew-Saxon ancestry. 
Being a history of our Saxon race from the "call" of 
Abraham, showing the ONE plan of redemption. America 
and England the foci of this dispensation. Christ the center 
of all the ages. The key to our success. The lion's share in 
the future glory, and what shaU come of it. Search and 
marvel. About 500 pages. Price, $2.00. 

Always write plainly the name of the book you 
want. I pay postage. Stamps taken, but send cash 
if convenient. 

W. A. REDDING, 

Navarre, 
Dickinson Co., Kansas. 



THE TRIBES is a monthly paper advocating that we, 
the Anglo-Saxons, are the 1-ost Ten Tribes of Israel, who 
left Palestine 721 B. C, and that we are to lead the world. 
It throws light on the turns and whirls of the various 
nations as they occur and points out the prophecy regarding 
them. It is the only paper of this kind published in the 
United States and should be in every home. It is pub- 
lished by an association scattered all over America, with 
headquart^'s in Denver, Colorado. The best historians 
and students of prophecy in this country write for 
its columns. Subscription, 50 cts. a year. Address The 
Tribes, Denver,. Colorado. 

THE CAYSTER is a small mouihly leaflet claiming that 
Christ is now present and that the great tribulation is begim. 
It aims to note the turns things are taking and give its intei'- 
pret-atiou of the Scriptures. Subscription. 25 cts. a year. 
Samples free. Address Grco. P. Pierce, Deshler, Henry Co., 
Ohio. 

THE SQUARE WORLD is a small monthly paper advo- 
cating that the world is square and not round. The editor 
sells a large map showing what he conceives to be the truth 
about the world and tlie movements of the sun and mooo. 
He explains how it is that people think they go round the 
world but do not. He is cow-hiding astronomers and is nally 
knocking out some of their firmly accepted thtories. He is 
also lashing the churches with a keen switch and points them 
to Christ as the only chiu-ch worth knowing anything about. 
If he can knock out any false theories in astronomy, the- 
ology or any other ology, let him go ahead, as the world has 
come to a point where all false doctrines must go down, and 
whoever whets his butcher-knife and starts out after them 
has my consent. Subscription for Sumirv World, 50 cts. a 
year. Address it at Hot Springs, South Dakota. 



m 3»i>'io 



I 



